Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC Index
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Component Locations And Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views (LHD)
      • Power and Grounding Component Views (RHD)
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear C2
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear C2
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • Component Locations And Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views (LHD)
      • Power and Grounding Component Views (RHD)
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear C2
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear C2
    • OEM Connector End Views - Automatic Transmission, Horn, Remote Function, Sunroof, Engine Control Module, Engine Controls, HVAC,
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View (Domestic)
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View - Center (Export)
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View - Left (Export)
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (UA6)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCLDR) Connector End View
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Front Sunshade Control Module Connector End View (C3B)
        • Rear Sunshade Control Module Connector End View (C3B)
        • Rear Sunshade Switch Connector End View (C3B)
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View (CF5 or C3B)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (CF5/C3B)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) CMP Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake Bank 2
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View - Bank 1
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View - Bank 2
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View Exhaust Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View Exhaust Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View Intake Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View Intake Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 1 (LH2)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 2 (LH2)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake Bank 1 (LH2)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake Bank 2 (LH2)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (LH2)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LH2)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (LH2)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1 (LH2)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2 (LH2)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1 (LH2)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2 (LH2)
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View Bank 1
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View Bank 2
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (LH2)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (LH2)
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (LH2)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (LY7)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Quality Sensor (AQS) Connector End View - (K14)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (C57)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View - Auxiliary (C57)
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary (C57)
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Rear Auxiliary (C57)
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload/Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views - Displays And Gages, Hydraulic Brake, Vehicle Access, Seat Belt, Automatic Level Control, Mirror, Adjustable Pedal, Lighting Systems, Entertainment/Communication, Window Systems
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Clock Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LH2)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LY7)
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver (LHD)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver (RHD)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger (LHD)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger (RHD)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C6 (RHD)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C7 (DR4)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C4
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C6 (RHD)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C7 (DR4)
        • Liftgate Close Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Handle Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Latch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Side Upper Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Liftgate Side Upper Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Power Liftgate Module Connector End View C1
        • Power Liftgate Module Connector End View C2
        • Power Liftgate Module Connector End View C3
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
      • Automatic Level Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View (F55)
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Connector End View Mirror (ISRVM)
        • Outside Mirror Connector End View - Driver's Side C1 (DR4)
        • Outside Mirror Connector End View - Driver's Side C2
        • Outside Mirror Connector End View - Passenger side
      • Adjustable Pedal Connector End Views
        • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View (JF4)
        • Adjustable Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View (JF4)
        • Adjustable Pedal Motor Connector End View (JF4)
        • Adjustable Pedals Switch Connector End View (JF4)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Center
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Front
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Footwell
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Lift Gate
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Footwell
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear (T79)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear (T79)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Ballast Connector End View - Left (Low Beam w/HID)
        • Headlamp Ballast Connector End View - Right (Low Beam w/HID)
        • Headlamp High Beam Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp High Beam Connector End View - Right
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Connector End View - Front (TR7)
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Connector End View - Rear (TR7)
        • Headlamp Low Beam Connector End View - Left w/o HID
        • Headlamp Low Beam Connector End View - Right w/o HID
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Repeater Lamp Left Connector End View (T90)
        • Repeater Lamp Right Connector End View (T90)
        • Sunload/Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Sunshade Connector End View - Left
        • Sunshade Connector End View - Right
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left (Domestic)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right (Domestic)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export)
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQA) (LHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQA) (RHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQA) (LHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQA) (RHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQA) (LHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQA) (RHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQS)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQS)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQS)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C4 (UQS)
        • Auxiliary RCA Video Jacks Connector End View (U42)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View (UQS)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (Domestic)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (Export)
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (Domestic)
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (Export)
        • Radio Connector End View C3 (U42)
        • Radio Connector End View C4
        • Rear Seat Audio Module Connector End View C1 (U42)
        • Rear Seat Audio Module Connector End View C2 (U42)
        • Rear Video Display Connector End View (U42)
        • Rear Window Antenna Module Connector End View - Left
        • Rear Window Antenna Module Connector End View - Right
        • Speaker Connector End View - Center Console (UQS)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Instrument Panel (UQS)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left A-Pillar Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left D-Pillar (UQS)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Subwoofer
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right A-Pillar Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right D-Pillar (UQS)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear Door
        • Traffic Information Receiver Connector End View (U2X)
        • TV Tuner Module Connector End View (U2Y/U2X)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3 (UE1)
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Right Rear
    • OEM Connector End Views - Inline Harness Connectors - C101 Through C210
      • C101 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C102 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
      • C103 I/P Harness to Battery Negative Cable Connector End View
      • C104 Engine Harness to Engine POA Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C105 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (F55)
      • C107 Engine Harness to Starter Harness Connector End View (LH2) (1 Cavity)
      • C108 Engine Harness to Engine POA Harness Connector End View (LY7)
      • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/HID and Leveling)
      • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/HID)
      • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/o HID)
      • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (w/HID and Leveling)
      • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (w/HID)
      • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (w/o HID)
      • C113 Engine Harness to Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C114 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Repeater Lamp Harness Connector End View (w/T90)
      • C115 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Repeater Lamp Harness Connector End View (w/T90)
      • C116 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C116 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C117 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C118 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C120 Engine Harness to Variable Effort Steering (VES) Jumper Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C139 Engine Harness to Left Coil/Module Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C140 Engine Harness to Right Coil/Module Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LY7)
      • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C204 I/P Harness to Sun Load Sensor Harness Connector End View
      • C205 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C205 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C207 Body to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C207 Body to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C207 Body to I/P Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C208 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Controls Harness Connector End View
      • C209 Body Harness to Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View
      • C210 Body Harness to Cigar Lighter Harness Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Inline Harness Connectors - C215 Through C901
      • C215 Body Harness to Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness Connector End View
      • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C301 Driver Seat Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C302 I/P Harness to Shifter Control Harness Connector End View
      • C304 Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
      • C306 Front Passenger Seat Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C307 Body Harness to Front Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C308 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (C3B/CF5) (Domestic)
      • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (C3B/CF5) (Export)
      • C311 Body Harness to Rear Seat Harness Connector End View (AM0)
      • C312 Console Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C313 Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
      • C314 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C315 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (C3B/CF5)
      • C316 Body Harness to Rear Quarter Trim Harness Connector End View
      • C317 Headliner Harness to Courtesy/Reading Lamp Module Harness Connector End View
      • C321 I/P Harness to HVAC Actuator Harness Connector End View
      • C326 Passenger Seat Lumbar Jumper Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (AL2)
      • C401 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C402 Body Harness to RPA Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C402 Body Harness to RPA Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C403 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C404 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C420 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Harness Connector End View
      • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C502 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C502 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C602 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C602 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Harness Connector End View
      • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Harness Connector End View
      • C901 Liftgate Harness to License/Backup/Rear Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View (T79)
      • C901 Liftgate Harness to License/Backup Lamp Harness Connector End View (w/o T79)
    • OEM Connector End Views - Power Outlet, Cooling System, Object Detection, Wiper/Washer, Immobilizer, Power Seat, Theft Deterrent System, Sir, Engine Electrical, Power And Grounding, Electrical Center Identification
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Center Console 1
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Center Console 2
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
      • Object Detection Connector End Views
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - Left Rear Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - Left Rear Middle
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - Right Rear Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - Right Rear Middle
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View (CE4)
        • Heated Washer Nozzle Connector End View - Left (XA7)
        • Heated Washer Nozzle Connector End View - Right (XA7)
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (LHD)
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (RHD)
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Folding Seat Horizontal Motor Assembly Connector End View (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Recline Motor Assembly Connector End View (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Recline Switch Connector End View (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Rotation Motor Assembly Connector End View (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Stow Switch Connector End View - Front (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Stow Switch Connector End View - Rear (AM0)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C1 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C2 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C3 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C4 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C5 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C6 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C7 (A45)
        • Rear Seat Module Connector End View C1 (AM0)
        • Rear Seat Module Connector End View C2 (AM0)
        • Rear Seat Module Connector End View C3 (AM0)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (LHD w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (RHD w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (LHD w/A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (RHD w/A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (LHD)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (RHD)
        • Seat Back Load Floor Position Switch Connector End View (AM0)
        • Seat Back Panel Position Switch Connector End View (AM0)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AL2)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (UA6)
        • Inclination Sensor Connector End View (UA6)
        • Intrusion Sensor Connector End View (UA6)
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Siren Connector End View (UA6)
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Rollover Sensor Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Starter Connector End View (LY7)
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Left Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Left Rear C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Right Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Right Rear C2
    • OEM Connector End Views - Splice Pack, Secondary/Configurable Control, Antilock Brake System, Automatic Transmission, Steering Assist, Heated/Cooled Seat, Electronic Suspension Control, Data Communication
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP200 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP300 Connector End View (LHD)
        • Splice Pack SP300 Connector End View (RHD)
        • Splice Pack SP304 Connector End View
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LH2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LY7)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Yaw and Lateral/Long Acceleration Sensor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 16-Way Connector End View
        • 16-Way Transmission Pass-Through Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • TU/TD Assembly Harness Connector End View J1
        • TU/TD Assembly Harness Connector End View J4
        • TU/TD Assembly Harness Connector End View J5
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Input and Output Speed Sensor (ISS/OSS) Connector End View
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector End View
      • Steering Assist Connector End Views
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Cushion Element Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Passenger
        • Heated Seat Cushion Element Connector End View - Passenger
      • Electronic Suspension Control Connector End Views
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End View (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - Left Front (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - Left Rear (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - Right Front (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - Right Rear (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - Left Font (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - Left Rear (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - Right Front (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - Right Rear (F55)
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C5
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C6
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C7
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) End View
        • Rear Body Control Module Connector End View (EXPORT) C1
        • Rear Body Control Module Connector End View (RHD) C2
        • Terminator Resistor Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
        • 3.6L VIN 7
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.6L VIN 7
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Exterior Lights
        • Notes
        • 3.6L VIN 7
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 3.6L VIN 7
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Splice Pack And In-Line Harness Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP200
        • Splice Pack SP300 (LHD)
        • Splice Pack SP300 (RHD)
        • Splice Pack SP304
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C101 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • C102 Engine Harness to I/P Harness
        • C103 I/P Harness to Battery Negative Cable
        • C104 Engine Harness to Engine POA Harness (LH2)
        • C105 Engine Harness to Body Harness (F55)
        • C107 Engine Harness to Starter Harness (LH2) (1 Cavity)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Engine POA Harness (LY7)
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Left (w/HID and Leveling)
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Left (w/HID)
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Left (w/o HID)
        • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Right (w/HID and Leveling)
        • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Right (w/HID)
        • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Right (w/o HID)
        • C113 Engine Harness to Forward Lamp Harness (LH2)
        • C114 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Repeater Lamp Harness (w/T90)
        • C115 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Repeater Lamp Harness (w/T90)
        • C116 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C116 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C117 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C118 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C120 Engine Harness to Variable Effort Steering (VES) Jumper Harness (RHD)
        • C139 Engine Harness to Left Coil/Module Harness (LH2)
        • C140 Engine Harness to Right Coil/Module Harness (LH2)
        • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LH2)
        • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LY7)
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness (RHD)
        • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness (Domestic)
        • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness (Export)
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness (RHD)
        • C204 I/P Harness to Sun Load Sensor Harness
        • C205 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C205 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness (RHD)
        • C207 Body to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C207 Body to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C207 Body to I/P Harness (RHD)
        • C208 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Controls Harness
        • C209 Body Harness to Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
        • C210 Body Harness to Cigar Lighter Harness
        • C215 Body Harness to Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness
        • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
        • C301 Driver Seat Harness to Body Harness
        • C302 I/P Harness to Shifter Control Harness
        • C304 Console Harness to I/P Harness
        • C306 Front Passenger Seat Harness to Body Harness
        • C307 Body Harness to Front Passenger Seat Harness
        • C308 Headliner Harness to Body Harness
        • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness (C3B/CF5) (Domestic)
        • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness (C3B/CF5) (Export)
        • C311 Body Harness to Rear Seat Harness (AM0)
        • C312 Console Harness to Body Harness
        • C313 Console Harness to I/P Harness
        • C314 Headliner Harness to Body Harness
        • C315 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness (C3B/CF5)
        • C316 Body Harness to Rear Quarter Trim Harness
        • C317 Headliner Harness to Courtesy/Reading Lamp Module Harness
        • C321 I/P Harness to HVAC Actuator Harness
        • C326 Passenger Seat Lumbar Jumper Harness to Passenger Seat Harness (AL2)
        • C401 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness
        • C402 Body Harness to RPA Harness (Domestic)
        • C402 Body Harness to RPA Harness (Export)
        • C403 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness
        • C404 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness
        • C420 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Harness
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness (LHD)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness (RHD)
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness (LHD)
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness (RHD)
        • C502 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness (LHD)
        • C502 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness (RHD)
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness (LHD)
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness (RHD)
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness (LHD)
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness (RHD)
        • C602 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness (LHD)
        • C602 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness (RHD)
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness (LHD)
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness (RHD)
        • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Harness
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness (LHD)
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness (RHD)
        • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Harness
        • C901 Liftgate Harness to License/Backup/Rear Fog Lamp Harness (T79)
        • C901 Liftgate Harness to License/Backup Lamp Harness (w/o T79)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Data List
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Adjustable Pedal System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Adjustable Pedal Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Adjustable Pedal Component Views (LHD)
        • Adjustable Pedal Component Views (RHD)
        • Adjustable Pedal Connector End Views
          • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (JF4)
          • Adjustable Brake Pedal Position Sensor (JF4)
          • Adjustable Pedal Motor (JF4)
          • Adjustable Pedals Switch (JF4)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Adjustable Pedals
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Memory Seat Module
        • DTC B3604 or B3605
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3606
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3606 01
            • B3606 06
            • B3606 5A
            • B3606 61
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3607
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3632 or B3633
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3633 01
            • B3633 06
            • B3633 5A
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Adjustable Pedals
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Adjustable Pedals Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Adjustable Pedal System Calibration
        • Brake and Accelerator Pedal Adjuster Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake and Accelerator Pedal Adjuster Actuator Motor Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake and Accelerator Pedal Adjuster Actuator Motor Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Control Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Adjuster Actuator Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adjustable Pedals Description and Operation
          • Adjustable Pedals System Components
          • Adjustable Pedals System Operation
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0996
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1015
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1016
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3006
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B302A
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3031
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3060
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3935
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3976
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0513
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0633
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1629
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
        • DTC P1631
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1632
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components
          • 10-Minute Immobilizer Relearn
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
          • 10-Minute Vehicle Key Relearn
          • 30-Minute Vehicle Key Relearn
        • Hood Ajar Indicator Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
            • Fleet Keys
          • Security Indicator
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Remote Function Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Remote Function Component Views
        • Remote Function Connector End Views
          • Hood Ajar Switch (UA6)
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCLDR)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Remote Functions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3105
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3109, B3110, B3111, or B3112
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative (Three LEDs)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Remote Vehicle Start Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal One LED
          • Notes
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal (Three LEDs)
          • Notes
          • Programming the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Programming the GDO for Fixed Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation (One LED)
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation (Three LEDs)
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Keyless Entry Transmitters
          • Keyless Entry Antenna
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Vehicle Locator/Panic Alarm
          • Panic Alarm Function
          • Remote Vehicle Start
          • Enable/Disable RVS
          • Hood Ajar Switch
          • RVS Circuit Description
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Power Door Lock System And Release Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
        • Liftgate Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Vehicle Access Component Views (LHD)
        • Vehicle Access Component Views (RHD)
        • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver (LHD)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver (RHD)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Rear
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger (LHD)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger (RHD)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Rear
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C6 (RHD)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C7 (DR4)
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C6 (RHD)
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C7 (DR4)
          • Liftgate Close Switch
          • Liftgate Handle Switch
          • Liftgate Latch
          • Liftgate Side Upper Sensor - Left
          • Liftgate Side Upper Sensor - Right
          • Power Liftgate Module C1
          • Power Liftgate Module C2
          • Power Liftgate Module C3
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle Access
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B1019
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1023
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B153A
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B153B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B153E
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B153F
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2494
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2495
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3130
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3135
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3225
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B396A
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B396B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B396F
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Door Lock Key Cylinder Switches Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Liftgate Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Liftgate Sags When Open or Slowly Closes
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Calibration Procedure
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Front Side Door Inside Handle Replacement
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Outside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Inside Handle Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory and Liftgate Control Module Replacement
        • Power Liftgate Close Actuator Motor Replacement
        • Liftgate Close Actuator Bracket Replacement
        • Liftgate Actuator Rod Replacement
        • Liftgate Side Upper Sensor Replacement
        • Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Door Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Primary Latch Striker Replacement
        • Liftgate Latch Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Actuator Switch Replacement
        • Door Lock and Side Window Switch Replacement - Driver Side
        • Door Lock and Side Window Switch Replacement - Passenger Side
        • Liftgate Close Actuator Motor Control Module Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Liftgate Description and Operation
          • Power Liftgate System Components
          • Power Liftgate System Controls
          • Power Liftgate System Description
            • Liftgate Module
            • Liftgate Motor Assembly
            • Liftgate Latch
            • Right/Left Side Upper Sensor
            • Liftgate Handle Switch
            • Liftgate Close Switch
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock System Components
          • Power Door Lock and Unlock Switch Operation
          • Door Lock and Unlock Motor Operation
          • Power Door Lock Deadbolt Motors (Export)
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Delayed Locking Operation
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views (LHD)
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views (RHD)
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
          • Hood Ajar Switch (UA6)
          • Inclination Sensor (UA6)
          • Intrusion Sensor (UA6)
          • Theft Deterrent Alarm Siren (UA6)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Content Theft Deterrent Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Inclination Sensor Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Intrusion Sensor Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Security Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Inclination Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Intrusion Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD System Armed/Event Indication
          • CTD Component Description
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
            • Security Indicator
            • Door Lock/Unlock Switches
            • Driver Door Module (DDM), Passenger Door Module (PDM)
            • Door Ajar Switches
            • Liftgate/Liftglass Ajar Switches
            • Driver Door Cylinder Switch
            • Hood Ajar Switch
            • Inclination Sensor (RPO UA2)
            • Intrusion Sensor (RPO UA2)
            • Theft Deterrent Alarm (Some Export Vehicles)
            • Inputs
            • Outputs
  • Collision/Avoidance
    • Object Detection System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Object Detection Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Object Detection Component Views
        • Object Detection Connector End Views
          • Object Sensor - Left Rear Corner
          • Object Sensor - Left Rear Middle
          • Object Sensor - Right Rear Corner
          • Object Sensor - Right Rear Middle
          • Rear Object Sensor Control Module C1
          • Rear Object Sensor Control Module C2
          • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Object Detection
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0958, B0959, B0960, or B0961
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0958 01, B0959 01, B0960 01, or B0961 01
            • B0958 06, B0959 06, B0960 06, or B0961 06
            • B0958 08, B0959 08, B0960 08, or B0961 08
            • B0958 21, B0959 21, B0960 21, or B0961 21
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0968
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1008
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1015
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1E3A
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1E3A 03
            • B1E3A 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Object Detection
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Information Center Telltale Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Object Alarm Module Replacement (W/TB5)
        • Object Alarm Module Replacement (W/O TB5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Information Center Telltale Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Object Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Object Detection Description and Operation
          • Object Alarm System Description
          • Object Alarm Sensor
          • Information Center Telltale Assembly
          • Rear Object Alarm Detection System
          • Object Detection Alarm System Operation
          • Object Alarm System DIC Messages
            • Service Park Assist
            • Park Assist Disabled
  • Communication Devices
    • Data Communication System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Data Communication Schematic Icons
        • Data Communication Schematics
        • Body Control System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Data Communication Component Views (LHD)
        • Data Communication Component Views (RHD)
        • Data Communication Connector End Views
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C5
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C6
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C7
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Rear Body Control Module (EXPORT) C1
          • Rear Body Control Module (RHD) C2
          • Terminator Resistor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Communications
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1000
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1001
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1016
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC U0002
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0073 or U2100
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0100 - U0299
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC U1500, U1511, U1512, or U1513
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • U1511, U1512
            • U1500 02
            • U1500 01
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • U1511, U1512
            • U1500
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC U1814
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC U2099
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Data Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Low Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Data Link References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Body Control Module Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Door Control Module Replacement
        • Rear Body Control Module Replacement (Export)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Mode Master
          • Gateway
          • Body Control
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • GMLAN High Speed Circuit Description
          • GMLAN Low Speed Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Serial Data Reference
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
        • Antenna Module Programming and Setup
          • Antenna Module Replacement
        • Audio Amplifier Programming and Setup
          • Non GMLAN Amplifier
          • With GMLAN Amplifier (UQA W/Y91)
        • Auxiliary Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Introduction
          • Programming the XBCM
          • Enabling the Inclination Sensor - Export
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Introduction
          • Programming the BCM
        • Communication Interface Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Door Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • EBCM Replacement
          • EBCM Reprogramming
        • Electronic Suspension Control Module Programming and Setup
          • ESCM Replacement
          • ESCM Programming
          • Suspension Position Sensor Replacement
        • Engine Control Module Programming and Setup (LY7)
          • Notes
          • ECM Replacement
          • ECM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Engine Control Module Programming and Setup (LH2)
          • Notes
          • ECM Replacement
          • ECM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Programming and Setup
        • Head Up Display Programming and Setup
        • Headlamp Leveling Module Programming and Setup
        • HVAC Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Programming and Setup Procedures
          • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • HVAC Control Module Reprogramming
          • Actuator Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
        • Inflatable Restraint Vehicle Rollover Sensor Programming and Setup
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Programming and Setup
        • Instrument Cluster Programming and Setup
        • Liftgate Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Memory Seat Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Object Alarm Module Programming and Setup
        • Passenger Presence System Programming and Setup
        • Radio Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement (Copy and Paste TPM Information)
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement (TPM Sensor Learn)
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Transmission Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Window Regulator Motor Programming and Setup
          • Programming Criteria
          • Programming Procedure
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views (LHD)
      • Cruise Control Component Views (RHD)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengage History)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • DTC B3794
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0571
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0572
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0573
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0575
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0703
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment/Communication Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Navigation System Schematics
        • OnStar Schematics
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment/Communication Component Views (Cellular - LHD)
        • Entertainment/Communication Component Views (Entertainment - LHD)
        • Entertainment/Communication Component Views (RHD)
        • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
          • Audio Amplifier C1 (UQA) (LHD)
          • Audio Amplifier C1 (UQA) (RHD)
          • Audio Amplifier C2 (UQA) (LHD)
          • Audio Amplifier C2 (UQA) (RHD)
          • Audio Amplifier C3 (UQA) (LHD)
          • Audio Amplifier C3 (UQA) (RHD)
          • Audio Amplifier C1 (UQS)
          • Audio Amplifier C2 (UQS)
          • Audio Amplifier C3 (UQS)
          • Audio Amplifier C4 (UQS)
          • Auxiliary RCA Video Jacks (U42)
          • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • Noise Compensation Microphone (UQS)
          • Radio C1 (Domestic)
          • Radio C1 (Export)
          • Radio C2 (Domestic)
          • Radio C2 (Export)
          • Radio C3 (U42)
          • Radio C4
          • Rear Seat Audio Module C1 (U42)
          • Rear Seat Audio Module C2 (U42)
          • Rear Video Display (U42)
          • Rear Window Antenna Module - Left
          • Rear Window Antenna Module - Right
          • Speaker - Center Console (UQS)
          • Speaker - Instrument Panel (UQS)
          • Speaker - Left A-Pillar Tweeter
          • Speaker - Left D-Pillar (UQS)
          • Speaker - Left Front Door
          • Speaker - Left Rear Door
          • Speaker - Rear Subwoofer
          • Speaker - Right Front Door
          • Speaker - Right A-Pillar Tweeter
          • Speaker - Right D-Pillar (UQS)
          • Speaker - Right Rear Door
          • Traffic Information Receiver (U2X)
          • TV Tuner Module (U2Y/U2X)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 (UE1)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 (UE1)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3 (UE1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0000
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1024 (With Bose Amplifier)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1024 (With TV Module (Export))
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1025-B1125
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1259
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1283-B1286
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing (Coaxial Cables - TV Antenna Module to TV Antenna Amplifier)
          • Component Testing (Coaxial Cables - TV Antenna Amplifier to TV Antenna)
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1287
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1288
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1289
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2455
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2462
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2470
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2474
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2476
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2482
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Navigation Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Video or Audio Distortion
          • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
          • Discs Will Not Eject
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Without Amplifier
            • With Amplifier
          • Repair Procedures
        • Audio/Video Disc Player Adapter - Audio or Video Inoperative or Degraded Quality
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Auxiliary Video Inoperative or Degraded
            • Auxiliary Audio Inoperative or Degraded - Left or Right Channel
          • Repair Procedures
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • XM Activation
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Navigation System - Poor or Inoperative TV Reception
        • Navigation System - Voice Recognition Inoperative
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Noise Compensated Volume Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing (One or More Buttons Inoperative)
          • Circuit/System Testing (All Buttons Inoperative)
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (Without TIS2web Gen 3 and Prior)
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (With TIS 2 Web Gen 4 and Later)
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Audio Inoperative at Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
            • Antenna Inspection
            • Radio Antenna Module Test
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Setup
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Video Display is Poor or Blank
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Video Entertainment System Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Voice Recognition Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Radio Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Radio Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote CD Changer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Speaker Amplifier Replacement (With RPO UQA)
        • Radio Speaker Amplifier Replacement (With RPO UQS)
        • Radio Speaker Amplifier Bracket Replacement
        • Navigation Data Processor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Telephone Digital Antenna Replacement
        • Cellular Communications/Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Television Antenna Amplifier Replacement
        • Radio Antenna Module Replacement
        • Television Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Digital Radio Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Video Disc Player Display Bezel Replacement
        • Video Display Replacement
        • Second Seat Audio Control Replacement
        • Audio/Video Disc Player Adapter Replacement
        • Radio Front Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Front Side Door Speaker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Upper Speaker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Rear Speaker Replacement (Outer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Rear Speaker Replacement (Upper Pillar)
        • Radio Rear Speaker Replacement (Console Cover)
        • Radio Rear Side Door Speaker Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Navigation System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Navigation System Components
          • Navigation Radio
          • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna
          • Auxiliary RCA Video Jacks
          • Voice Recognition
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • New Features
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar® Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • XM Reception
          • Diversity Antenna System
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Theft Deterrent
            • Radio
            • Digital Radio Receiver
          • CD Changer
          • Radio Personalization w/Home and Away Feature
          • Configurable Radio Display Keys w/U2R or U2S
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • RDS Traffic Feature (TA) w/U2R or U2S
            • RDS Traffic Feature w/U2V or U2X
            • Viewing Messages w/U2R or U2S
            • Using Program Type Presets w/U2R or U2S
            • Using RDS Seek w/U2V or U2X
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Steering Wheel Controls
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Navigation Radio DVD Playback
          • Audio/Video Jack
          • Video Display
          • Headphones
          • Audio Output
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views (LHD)
        • Lighting Systems Component Views (RHD)
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
          • Backup Lamp - Left
          • Backup Lamp - Right
          • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Center
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Front
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Footwell
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Front Door
          • Courtesy Lamp - Lift Gate
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Footwell
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Front Door
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Rear
          • Dimmer Switch
          • Fog Lamp - Left Front
          • Fog Lamp - Right Front
          • Fog Lamp - Left Rear (T79)
          • Fog Lamp - Right Rear (T79)
          • Hazard Switch
          • Headlamp Ballast - Left (Low Beam w/HID)
          • Headlamp Ballast - Right (Low Beam w/HID)
          • Headlamp High Beam - Left
          • Headlamp High Beam - Right
          • Headlamp Leveling Sensor - Front (TR7)
          • Headlamp Leveling Sensor - Rear (TR7)
          • Headlamp Low Beam - Left w/o HID
          • Headlamp Low Beam - Right w/o HID
          • License Lamp - Left
          • License Lamp - Right
          • Marker Lamp - Left Front
          • Marker Lamp - Right Front
          • Park Lamp - Left
          • Park Lamp - Right
          • Repeater Lamp Left (T90)
          • Repeater Lamp Right (T90)
          • Sunload/Ambient Light Sensor
          • Sunshade - Left
          • Sunshade - Right
          • Tail Lamp - Left (Domestic)
          • Tail Lamp - Right (Domestic)
          • Tail Lamp - Left (Export)
          • Tail Lamp - Right (Export)
          • Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front
          • Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Exterior Lighting
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Inputs
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Interior Lighting
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Outputs
          • Driver Door Switch Inputs
          • Driver Door Switch Outputs
          • Passenger Door Switch Inputs
          • Passenger Door Switch Outputs
        • DTC B257A
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1395
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1480
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2530
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2545
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2555
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2555 01
            • B2555 02
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B2555 01
            • B2555 02
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2575
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2580
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2585
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2590
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2595
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2610
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2615
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2625
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2645
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2645 03
            • B2645 07
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2652
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3410
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3420
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3445
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3600
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3884
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0277
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0277 06
            • C0277 07
            • C0277 09
            • C0277 4B
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • C0277 09
            • C0277 4B
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0297
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0890
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0890 03
            • C0890 07
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Courtesy Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Daytime Running Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Front Fog Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Rear Fog Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Hazard Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Headlamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Headlamp Leveling Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Interior Backlighting Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Lights On Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Stop Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement - Left Side (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement - Left Side (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement - Right Side (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement - Right Side (Right Hand Drive)
        • Overhead Console Courtesy Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • High Intensity Discharge Headlamp Starter/Arc Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Intensity Discharge Headlamp Ballast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Leveling Module Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Aiming Headlamps (Visual Aim)
        • Headlamp Leveling Front Suspension Height Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Rear Suspension Height Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Parking and Turn Signal and Fog Lamp Assembly Replacement (Base)
        • Front Parking and Turn Signal and Fog Lamp Assembly Replacement (Sport)
        • Front Fog Lamp Bracket Replacement (Base)
        • Front Fog Lamp Bracket Replacement (R1T, R1X)
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming (Base)
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming (Sport Pkg)
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Daytime Running Lamp Replacement
        • Repeater Lamp Replacement
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Parking and Turn Signal Lamp Bracket Replacement
        • High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Liftgate Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Headlamp Leveling Calibration Description and Operation
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Low Beam Headlamps (Standard)
          • High Intensity Discharge (HID) Low Beam Headlamps (Uplevel)
            • Notes
            • Run Up Of The Lamp
            • When To Change The HID Bulb
            • Light Color
          • Automatic Lamp Control/Twilight Sentinel
          • Flash to Pass (FTP)
          • Automatic Headlamp Leveling (Export Only)
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Front Fog Lamps
          • Rear Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, License and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Repeater Lamps
          • Hazard Flasher Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • IP Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Driver Controls and Modules
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Displays and Gages Component Views (LHD)
        • Displays and Gages Component Views (RHD)
        • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Clock
          • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor (LH2)
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor (LY7)
          • Fuel Level Sensor - Right
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Displays and Gages
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0158
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3567
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0461
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0462
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0463
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Description and Operation
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0520
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0521
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0522
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0523
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P2066
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Description and Operation
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P2067
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Description and Operation
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P2068
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Description and Operation
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Displays and Gages
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Driver Information Center
        • Chime Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Chime Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Clock Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On (Sensor)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On (Switch)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Description and Operation
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Instrument Cluster Gages Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Mirror Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Ajar Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Driver Information Display Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Cluster Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Cluster Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Clock Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Brake Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Additional Warnings
        • Compass Calibration and Magnetic Variance
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Trip/Fuel Information Switch
          • Vehicle Information Switch
          • Personalization Switch
          • Set/Reset Switch
          • Info Up/Info Down Switch
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy
              • Notes
              • Average Vehicle Speed
              • Fuel Range
              • Fuel Used
              • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
              • Trip Timer
              • Battery Voltage
          • Engine Oil Life Remaining
          • Tire Pressure Monitor
          • Park Assist Menu
          • Key FOB Programming Menu
          • English/Metric Button
          • Trip A/B
          • Language
          • Outside Air Temperature
          • Vehicle Speed
        • Fuel Gage Description and Operation
          • Fuel Gage Description and Operation
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Oil Level
          • Driver Door Ajar
          • Engine Oil Level Low
          • Engine Oil Pressure
          • Fuel Level Low
          • Ice Possible
          • km/h and MPH
          • Left Rear Door Ajar
          • Oil Pressure Low
          • Passenger Door Ajar
          • Right Rear Door Ajar
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • Tighten Gas Cap
          • Trunk Open (Rear Access Open)
          • Vehicle OVERSPEED
        • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRND321 Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views (LHD)
        • Lighting Systems Component Views (RHD)
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
          • Backup Lamp - Left
          • Backup Lamp - Right
          • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Center
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Front
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Footwell
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Front Door
          • Courtesy Lamp - Lift Gate
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Footwell
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Front Door
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Rear
          • Dimmer Switch
          • Fog Lamp - Left Front
          • Fog Lamp - Right Front
          • Fog Lamp - Left Rear (T79)
          • Fog Lamp - Right Rear (T79)
          • Hazard Switch
          • Headlamp Ballast - Left (Low Beam w/HID)
          • Headlamp Ballast - Right (Low Beam w/HID)
          • Headlamp High Beam - Left
          • Headlamp High Beam - Right
          • Headlamp Leveling Sensor - Front (TR7)
          • Headlamp Leveling Sensor - Rear (TR7)
          • Headlamp Low Beam - Left w/o HID
          • Headlamp Low Beam - Right w/o HID
          • License Lamp - Left
          • License Lamp - Right
          • Marker Lamp - Left Front
          • Marker Lamp - Right Front
          • Park Lamp - Left
          • Park Lamp - Right
          • Repeater Lamp Left (T90)
          • Repeater Lamp Right (T90)
          • Sunload/Ambient Light Sensor
          • Sunshade - Left
          • Sunshade - Right
          • Tail Lamp - Left (Domestic)
          • Tail Lamp - Right (Domestic)
          • Tail Lamp - Left (Export)
          • Tail Lamp - Right (Export)
          • Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front
          • Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Exterior Lighting
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Inputs
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Interior Lighting
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Outputs
          • Driver Door Switch Inputs
          • Driver Door Switch Outputs
          • Passenger Door Switch Inputs
          • Passenger Door Switch Outputs
        • DTC B257A
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1395
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1480
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2530
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2545
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2555
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2555 01
            • B2555 02
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B2555 01
            • B2555 02
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2575
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2580
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2585
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2590
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2595
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2610
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2615
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2625
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2645
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2645 03
            • B2645 07
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2652
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3410
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3420
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3445
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3600
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3884
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0277
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0277 06
            • C0277 07
            • C0277 09
            • C0277 4B
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • C0277 09
            • C0277 4B
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0297
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0890
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0890 03
            • C0890 07
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Courtesy Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Daytime Running Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Front Fog Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Rear Fog Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Hazard Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Headlamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Headlamp Leveling Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Interior Backlighting Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Lights On Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Stop Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement - Left Side (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement - Left Side (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement - Right Side (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement - Right Side (Right Hand Drive)
        • Overhead Console Courtesy Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • High Intensity Discharge Headlamp Starter/Arc Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Intensity Discharge Headlamp Ballast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Leveling Module Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Aiming Headlamps (Visual Aim)
        • Headlamp Leveling Front Suspension Height Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Rear Suspension Height Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Parking and Turn Signal and Fog Lamp Assembly Replacement (Base)
        • Front Parking and Turn Signal and Fog Lamp Assembly Replacement (Sport)
        • Front Fog Lamp Bracket Replacement (Base)
        • Front Fog Lamp Bracket Replacement (R1T, R1X)
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming (Base)
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming (Sport Pkg)
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Daytime Running Lamp Replacement
        • Repeater Lamp Replacement
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Parking and Turn Signal Lamp Bracket Replacement
        • High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Liftgate Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Headlamp Leveling Calibration Description and Operation
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Low Beam Headlamps (Standard)
          • High Intensity Discharge (HID) Low Beam Headlamps (Uplevel)
            • Notes
            • Run Up Of The Lamp
            • When To Change The HID Bulb
            • Light Color
          • Automatic Lamp Control/Twilight Sentinel
          • Flash to Pass (FTP)
          • Automatic Headlamp Leveling (Export Only)
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Front Fog Lamps
          • Rear Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, License and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Repeater Lamps
          • Hazard Flasher Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • IP Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Driver Controls and Modules
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Fixed & MOVEABLE Window Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views (LHD)
        • Window Systems Component Views (RHD)
        • Window Systems Connector End Views
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C1
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C2
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Left Rear
          • Window Motor - Passenger
          • Window Motor - Right Rear
          • Window Switch - Left Rear
          • Window Switch - Right Rear
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0283 02
            • C0283 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B320A or B320B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Windows Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Power Window Switch Malfunction - Front
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Window Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Front Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window and Front Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Inner Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Inner Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows
        • Front Side Door Window Front Channel and Rear Channel Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window Controls
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Window Express Up and Down Operation
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horn Schematic Icons
        • Horn Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horn Component Views (LHD)
        • Horn Component Views (RHD)
        • Horn Connector End Views
          • Horn Assembly (Domestic)
          • Horn Assembly - Center (Export)
          • Horn Assembly - Left (Export)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2750
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Horn Switch Test
          • Horn Test
          • Repair Procedures
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0996
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1015
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1016
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3006
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B302A
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3031
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3060
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3935
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3976
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0513
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0633
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1629
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
        • DTC P1631
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1632
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components
          • 10-Minute Immobilizer Relearn
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
          • 10-Minute Vehicle Key Relearn
          • 30-Minute Vehicle Key Relearn
        • Hood Ajar Indicator Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
            • Fleet Keys
          • Security Indicator
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views (LHD)
        • Harness Routing Views (RHD)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
            • Notes
            • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • BCM Awake/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • BCM Controlled RAP
          • Serial Data Controlled RAP
            • Notes
            • Radio
            • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) (Onstar®)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Utility/Van Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Tools Required
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Tools Required
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
            • Notes
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
          • Tools Required
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Tools Required
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Connector Anatomy
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • Push to Seat Connectors
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Pull to Seat Connectors
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Tools Required
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Weather Pack Connectors
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostal Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
        • Replacement Procedure
      • Micro .64 Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (0.25 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Tools Required
      • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
      • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment/Communication Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Navigation System Schematics
        • OnStar Schematics
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment/Communication Component Views (Cellular - LHD)
        • Entertainment/Communication Component Views (Entertainment - LHD)
        • Entertainment/Communication Component Views (RHD)
        • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
          • Audio Amplifier C1 (UQA) (LHD)
          • Audio Amplifier C1 (UQA) (RHD)
          • Audio Amplifier C2 (UQA) (LHD)
          • Audio Amplifier C2 (UQA) (RHD)
          • Audio Amplifier C3 (UQA) (LHD)
          • Audio Amplifier C3 (UQA) (RHD)
          • Audio Amplifier C1 (UQS)
          • Audio Amplifier C2 (UQS)
          • Audio Amplifier C3 (UQS)
          • Audio Amplifier C4 (UQS)
          • Auxiliary RCA Video Jacks (U42)
          • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • Noise Compensation Microphone (UQS)
          • Radio C1 (Domestic)
          • Radio C1 (Export)
          • Radio C2 (Domestic)
          • Radio C2 (Export)
          • Radio C3 (U42)
          • Radio C4
          • Rear Seat Audio Module C1 (U42)
          • Rear Seat Audio Module C2 (U42)
          • Rear Video Display (U42)
          • Rear Window Antenna Module - Left
          • Rear Window Antenna Module - Right
          • Speaker - Center Console (UQS)
          • Speaker - Instrument Panel (UQS)
          • Speaker - Left A-Pillar Tweeter
          • Speaker - Left D-Pillar (UQS)
          • Speaker - Left Front Door
          • Speaker - Left Rear Door
          • Speaker - Rear Subwoofer
          • Speaker - Right Front Door
          • Speaker - Right A-Pillar Tweeter
          • Speaker - Right D-Pillar (UQS)
          • Speaker - Right Rear Door
          • Traffic Information Receiver (U2X)
          • TV Tuner Module (U2Y/U2X)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 (UE1)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 (UE1)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3 (UE1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0000
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1024 (With Bose Amplifier)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1024 (With TV Module (Export))
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1025-B1125
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1259
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1283-B1286
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing (Coaxial Cables - TV Antenna Module to TV Antenna Amplifier)
          • Component Testing (Coaxial Cables - TV Antenna Amplifier to TV Antenna)
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1287
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1288
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1289
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2455
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2462
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2470
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2474
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2476
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2482
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Navigation Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Video or Audio Distortion
          • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
          • Discs Will Not Eject
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Without Amplifier
            • With Amplifier
          • Repair Procedures
        • Audio/Video Disc Player Adapter - Audio or Video Inoperative or Degraded Quality
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Auxiliary Video Inoperative or Degraded
            • Auxiliary Audio Inoperative or Degraded - Left or Right Channel
          • Repair Procedures
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • XM Activation
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Navigation System - Poor or Inoperative TV Reception
        • Navigation System - Voice Recognition Inoperative
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Noise Compensated Volume Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing (One or More Buttons Inoperative)
          • Circuit/System Testing (All Buttons Inoperative)
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (Without TIS2web Gen 3 and Prior)
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (With TIS 2 Web Gen 4 and Later)
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Audio Inoperative at Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
            • Antenna Inspection
            • Radio Antenna Module Test
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Setup
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Video Display is Poor or Blank
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Video Entertainment System Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Voice Recognition Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Radio Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Radio Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Volume Compensator Interior Noise Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote CD Changer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Speaker Amplifier Replacement (With RPO UQA)
        • Radio Speaker Amplifier Replacement (With RPO UQS)
        • Radio Speaker Amplifier Bracket Replacement
        • Navigation Data Processor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Telephone Digital Antenna Replacement
        • Cellular Communications/Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Television Antenna Amplifier Replacement
        • Radio Antenna Module Replacement
        • Television Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Digital Radio Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Video Disc Player Display Bezel Replacement
        • Video Display Replacement
        • Second Seat Audio Control Replacement
        • Audio/Video Disc Player Adapter Replacement
        • Radio Front Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Front Side Door Speaker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Upper Speaker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Rear Speaker Replacement (Outer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Rear Speaker Replacement (Upper Pillar)
        • Radio Rear Speaker Replacement (Console Cover)
        • Radio Rear Side Door Speaker Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Navigation System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Navigation System Components
          • Navigation Radio
          • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna
          • Auxiliary RCA Video Jacks
          • Voice Recognition
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • New Features
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar® Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • XM Reception
          • Diversity Antenna System
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Theft Deterrent
            • Radio
            • Digital Radio Receiver
          • CD Changer
          • Radio Personalization w/Home and Away Feature
          • Configurable Radio Display Keys w/U2R or U2S
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • RDS Traffic Feature (TA) w/U2R or U2S
            • RDS Traffic Feature w/U2V or U2X
            • Viewing Messages w/U2R or U2S
            • Using Program Type Presets w/U2R or U2S
            • Using RDS Seek w/U2V or U2X
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Steering Wheel Controls
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Navigation Radio DVD Playback
          • Audio/Video Jack
          • Video Display
          • Headphones
          • Audio Output
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Door Frame Applique Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Applique Replacement
        • Rear Door Frame Applique Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front License Plate Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Tow Hook Opening Cover Replacement (Sport Package)
        • Radiator Grille Emblem Replacement (Base)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Grille Emblem Replacement (Sport Package)
        • Liftgate Emblem and Nameplate Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Upper Grille Replacement (Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Upper Grille Replacement (R1T, R1X)
        • Radiator Grille Screen Replacement - Upper (R1T, R1X)
        • Radiator Grille Screen Replacement - Lower (R1T, R1X)
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Center Grille Replacement (R1T, R1X)
        • Front Side Door Lower Molding Replacement
        • Hood Front Molding Replacement (Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Front Molding Replacement (Sport )
        • Rear Side Door Lower Molding Replacement
        • Rocker Panel Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Weld Joint Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Air Inlet Grille Panel Water Flow Direction and Cleaning
    • Floor Coverings & Headliners
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Front Carpet Retainer Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Front Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Carpet Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Carpet Retainer Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Headliner Description
          • Formed Headliner
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Right Side (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Right Side (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side (Right Hand Drive)
        • Steering Column Opening Filler Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Steering Column Opening Filler Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Knee Bolster Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Knee Bolster Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Driver Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Driver Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Bezel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Cover Replacement (Left Hand Drive )
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Cover Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Cluster Trim Panel Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Cluster Trim Panel Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right Side (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right Side (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left Side (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left Side (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Trim Panel Replacement - Left Side (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side (Right Hand Drive)
        • Ashtray Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Ashtray Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Storage Compartment Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Storage Compartment Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Trim Bezel Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Trim Bezel Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Latch Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Latch Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Dampener Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Dampener Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Center Molding Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Center Molding Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Center Support Bracket Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Carrier Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Carrier Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Retainer Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Retainer Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Front Floor Console Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Cup Holder Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Front Floor Console Cup Holder Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
        • Front Floor Upper Console Trim Plate Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Front Floor Upper Console Trim Plate Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Console Rear Trim Plate Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Console Rear Trim Plate Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Console Front Trim Plate Replacement
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Front Floor Console Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Front Floor Console Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Hinge Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Rear Cover Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Rear Cover Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Interior Trim And Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Upper Extension Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Rail Rear Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Retainer Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Door Opening Frame Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Side Rear Upper Garnish Molding Replacement (w/o TB5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Side Rear Upper Garnish Molding Replacement (w/TB5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Side Rear Trim Panel Replacement (w/o TB5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Side Rear Trim Panel Replacement (w/TB5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Storage Compartment Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Trim Panel Replacement (w/o TB5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Trim Panel Replacement (w/TB5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Sill Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Cup Holder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Luggage Rack And Roof Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Rivet Nut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bucket Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Cushion Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Recliner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Trim Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Center Head Restraint Installation
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Adjuster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Number 1 Seat Back Release Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 1 Back Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 1 Back Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Number 2 Folding Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Back Cushion Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Cushion Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views (LHD)
        • Lighting Systems Component Views (RHD)
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
          • Backup Lamp - Left
          • Backup Lamp - Right
          • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Center
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Front
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Footwell
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Front Door
          • Courtesy Lamp - Lift Gate
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Footwell
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Front Door
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Rear
          • Dimmer Switch
          • Fog Lamp - Left Front
          • Fog Lamp - Right Front
          • Fog Lamp - Left Rear (T79)
          • Fog Lamp - Right Rear (T79)
          • Hazard Switch
          • Headlamp Ballast - Left (Low Beam w/HID)
          • Headlamp Ballast - Right (Low Beam w/HID)
          • Headlamp High Beam - Left
          • Headlamp High Beam - Right
          • Headlamp Leveling Sensor - Front (TR7)
          • Headlamp Leveling Sensor - Rear (TR7)
          • Headlamp Low Beam - Left w/o HID
          • Headlamp Low Beam - Right w/o HID
          • License Lamp - Left
          • License Lamp - Right
          • Marker Lamp - Left Front
          • Marker Lamp - Right Front
          • Park Lamp - Left
          • Park Lamp - Right
          • Repeater Lamp Left (T90)
          • Repeater Lamp Right (T90)
          • Sunload/Ambient Light Sensor
          • Sunshade - Left
          • Sunshade - Right
          • Tail Lamp - Left (Domestic)
          • Tail Lamp - Right (Domestic)
          • Tail Lamp - Left (Export)
          • Tail Lamp - Right (Export)
          • Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front
          • Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Exterior Lighting
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Inputs
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Interior Lighting
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Outputs
          • Driver Door Switch Inputs
          • Driver Door Switch Outputs
          • Passenger Door Switch Inputs
          • Passenger Door Switch Outputs
        • DTC B257A
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1395
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1480
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2530
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2545
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2555
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2555 01
            • B2555 02
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B2555 01
            • B2555 02
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2575
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2580
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2585
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2590
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2595
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2610
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2615
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2625
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2645
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2645 03
            • B2645 07
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2652
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3410
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3420
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3445
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3600
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3884
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0277
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0277 06
            • C0277 07
            • C0277 09
            • C0277 4B
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • C0277 09
            • C0277 4B
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0297
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0890
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0890 03
            • C0890 07
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Courtesy Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Daytime Running Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Front Fog Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Rear Fog Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Hazard Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Headlamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Headlamp Leveling Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Interior Backlighting Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Lights On Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Stop Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement - Left Side (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement - Left Side (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement - Right Side (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement - Right Side (Right Hand Drive)
        • Overhead Console Courtesy Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • High Intensity Discharge Headlamp Starter/Arc Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Intensity Discharge Headlamp Ballast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Leveling Module Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Aiming Headlamps (Visual Aim)
        • Headlamp Leveling Front Suspension Height Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Rear Suspension Height Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Parking and Turn Signal and Fog Lamp Assembly Replacement (Base)
        • Front Parking and Turn Signal and Fog Lamp Assembly Replacement (Sport)
        • Front Fog Lamp Bracket Replacement (Base)
        • Front Fog Lamp Bracket Replacement (R1T, R1X)
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming (Base)
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming (Sport Pkg)
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Daytime Running Lamp Replacement
        • Repeater Lamp Replacement
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Parking and Turn Signal Lamp Bracket Replacement
        • High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Liftgate Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Headlamp Leveling Calibration Description and Operation
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Low Beam Headlamps (Standard)
          • High Intensity Discharge (HID) Low Beam Headlamps (Uplevel)
            • Notes
            • Run Up Of The Lamp
            • When To Change The HID Bulb
            • Light Color
          • Automatic Lamp Control/Twilight Sentinel
          • Flash to Pass (FTP)
          • Automatic Headlamp Leveling (Export Only)
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Front Fog Lamps
          • Rear Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, License and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Repeater Lamps
          • Hazard Flasher Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
            • Domestic
            • Export
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • IP Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Driver Controls and Modules
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
  • Memory Modules
    • Adjustable Pedal System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Adjustable Pedal Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Adjustable Pedal Component Views (LHD)
        • Adjustable Pedal Component Views (RHD)
        • Adjustable Pedal Connector End Views
          • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (JF4)
          • Adjustable Brake Pedal Position Sensor (JF4)
          • Adjustable Pedal Motor (JF4)
          • Adjustable Pedals Switch (JF4)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Adjustable Pedals
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Memory Seat Module
        • DTC B3604 or B3605
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3606
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3606 01
            • B3606 06
            • B3606 5A
            • B3606 61
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3607
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3632 or B3633
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3633 01
            • B3633 06
            • B3633 5A
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Adjustable Pedals
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Adjustable Pedals Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Adjustable Pedal System Calibration
        • Brake and Accelerator Pedal Adjuster Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake and Accelerator Pedal Adjuster Actuator Motor Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake and Accelerator Pedal Adjuster Actuator Motor Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Control Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Adjuster Actuator Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adjustable Pedals Description and Operation
          • Adjustable Pedals System Components
          • Adjustable Pedals System Operation
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Controls
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Schematic Icons
        • Steering Wheel Secondary/Configurable Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Component Views
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
          • Steering Wheel Controls - Left
          • Steering Wheel Controls - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1529
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3622
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Driver Personalization
          • Memory Seat and Mirrors
        • Personalization Description and Operation
          • Personalization
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Programming Features
            • Enter Programming Mode
            • Exit Lighting
            • Auto Door Lock
            • Auto Door Unlock
            • Delayed Door Lock
            • Remote Door Lock
            • Remote Door Unlock
            • Approach Lighting
            • Remote Start
            • Memory Seat Recall
            • Easy Exit Seat
            • Park Tilt Mirrors
            • Chime Volume
            • Auto High Beam (Smart Beam)
            • Language
            • Factory Setting
          • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Mirror Component Views (LHD)
        • Mirror Component Views (RHD)
        • Mirror Connector End Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRVM)
          • Outside Mirror - Driver's Side C1 (DR4)
          • Outside Mirror - Driver's Side C2
          • Outside Mirror - Passenger side
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Mirrors
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1580 or B1590
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1640 or B1645
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1722
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1722 01
            • B1722 02
            • B1722 04
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Mirrors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Outside Mirrors Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Mirror Folding Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Mirror Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD7, DD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Personalization - Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Power Folding Mirrors
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
        • Rear Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Component Views
        • Power Seat Connector End Views
          • Folding Seat Horizontal Motor Assembly (AM0)
          • Folding Seat Recline Motor Assembly (AM0)
          • Folding Seat Recline Switch (AM0)
          • Folding Seat Rotation Motor Assembly (AM0)
          • Folding Seat Stow Switch - Front (AM0)
          • Folding Seat Stow Switch - Rear (AM0)
          • Memory Seat Module (MSM) C1 (A45)
          • Memory Seat Module (MSM) C2 (A45)
          • Memory Seat Module (MSM) C3 (A45)
          • Memory Seat Module (MSM) C4 (A45)
          • Memory Seat Module (MSM) C5 (A45)
          • Memory Seat Module (MSM) C6 (A45)
          • Memory Seat Module (MSM) C7 (A45)
          • Rear Seat Module C1 (AM0)
          • Rear Seat Module C2 (AM0)
          • Rear Seat Module C3 (AM0)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (LHD w/o A45)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (RHD w/o A45)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (LHD w/A45)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (RHD w/A45)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger (LHD)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger (RHD)
          • Seat Back Load Floor Position Switch (AM0)
          • Seat Back Panel Position Switch (AM0)
          • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver
          • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Passenger
          • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor - Driver (A45)
          • Seat Horizontal Motor - Driver
          • Seat Horizontal Motor - Passenger
          • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor - Driver (A45)
          • Seat Lumbar Motor - Driver (AL2)
          • Seat Lumbar Motor - Passenger (AL2)
          • Seat Lumbar Switch - Driver (AL2)
          • Seat Lumbar Switch - Passenger (AL2)
          • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver
          • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Passenger
          • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor - Driver (A45)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Driver
          • Seat Recline Motor - Passenger
          • Seat Recline Position Sensor - Driver (A45)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1335
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1335 00
            • B1335 0B
            • B1335 42
            • B1335 4B
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1395 (Rear Seat Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1395 (Memory Seat Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1395 02
            • B1395 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1545, B1546, or B3729
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1547, B1770, or B1785
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1548, B1825, or B2375 (Rear Seat Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, or B1820
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B1860, B2355, B2365, or B2375 (Memory Seat Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1825, B1850, B2355, B2365, B2375 01
            • B1825, B1850, B2355, B2365, B2375 06
            • B1825, B1850, B2355, B2365, B2375 5A
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3920 or B3921
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3920 01
            • B3920 02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Power Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (w/o Memory - A45)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (with Memory - A45)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o Memory - A45)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Seat Inoperative (with Memory - A45)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Third Row Seat Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Seat Adjuster Memory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration
        • Rear Seat Control Module Replacement - Rear Seat Number 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Horizontal Adjuster Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Horizontal Adjuster Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Vertical Adjuster Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Back Pivot Actuator Motor Replacement - Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Lumbar Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Recliner Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Recliner Actuator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Back Recliner Actuator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Raising the Third (Rear Number 2) Seat Without Electrical Power
          • Removal Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Seat Back Presence Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Folding Actuator Switch Replacement - Rear Quarter Trim Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Folding Actuator Switch Replacement - Rear Quarter Trim Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Folding Actuator Seat Position Switch Replacement
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Back Pivot Actuator Motor Replacement - Back Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Folding Seat Calibration
      • Description and Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Memory Recall Option
          • Power Seat Switches
          • MSM Power and Grounds
          • Seat Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
          • Recall Personalization
          • Memory Inhibit/Enable
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation (Folding Seat)
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Seat Operation and GMLAN Communications
          • Rear Seat Switches
          • Rear Seat Module and Power and Ground
          • Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Seat Operation
          • Seat Operation Sequencing
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation (Front Seat)
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Motors
          • Seat Operation
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bucket Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Cushion Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Recliner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Trim Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Center Head Restraint Installation
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Adjuster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Number 1 Seat Back Release Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 1 Back Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 1 Back Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Number 2 Folding Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Back Cushion Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Cushion Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Component Views (LHD)
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Component Views (RHD)
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
          • Heated Seat Back Element - Driver
          • Heated Seat Cushion Element - Driver
          • Heated Seat Back Element - Passenger
          • Heated Seat Cushion Element - Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1925 or B2170
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1925, B2170 02
            • B1925, B2170 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1935 or B2180
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1935, B2180 04
            • B1935, B2180 0A
            • B1935, B2180 0B
            • B1935, B2180 0C
            • B1935, B2180 1F
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2345
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2345 00
            • B2345 13
            • B2345 42
            • B2345 4B
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • B2345 42 or B2345 4B
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2425 or B2430
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2425, B2430 04
            • B2425, B2430 0A
            • B2425, B2430 0B
            • B2425, B2430 0C
            • B2425, B2430 1F
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2435 or B2440
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2435, B2440 02
            • B2435, B2440 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2508 or B2509
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2508 01
            • B2508 02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Seat Heating and Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Heated Seat Switch Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Heater Switch Replacement
        • Front Seat Heater Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Seat Back Cushion Heater and Passenger Seat Back Cushion Heater Replacement
          • Repair Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Seat Cushion Heater and Passenger Seat Cushion Heater Replacement (Passenger Seat)
          • Repair Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Seat Cushion Heater and Passenger Seat Cushion Heater Replacement (Driver Seat)
          • Repair Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seat Components
          • Modes of Operation
          • Heated Seat Switch/LED Indicators and System Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Load Management
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Seal Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Seal Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Center
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairing Scratched Wood Steering Wheels
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Inner Race Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security, Found on Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Warning Systems
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0569
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760, or C0765
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0775
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Replacement (Snap In Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
          • Notes
          • Learn Mode Description
            • Notes
            • Sensor Functions Using Pressure Increase/Decrease Method
            • Sensor Functions Using J-46079
            • Learn Mode Cancellation
          • TPM Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Fixed & MOVEABLE Window Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views (LHD)
        • Window Systems Component Views (RHD)
        • Window Systems Connector End Views
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C1
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C2
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Left Rear
          • Window Motor - Passenger
          • Window Motor - Right Rear
          • Window Switch - Left Rear
          • Window Switch - Right Rear
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0283 02
            • C0283 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B320A or B320B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Windows Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Power Window Switch Malfunction - Front
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Window Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Front Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window and Front Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Inner Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Inner Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows
        • Front Side Door Window Front Channel and Rear Channel Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window Controls
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Window Express Up and Down Operation
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer Component Views (LHD)
        • Wiper/Washer Component Views (RHD)
        • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
          • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump (CE4)
          • Heated Washer Nozzle - Left (XA7)
          • Heated Washer Nozzle - Right (XA7)
          • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump
          • Rear Window Wiper Motor
          • Rear Wiper/Washer Switch
          • Washer Fluid Level Switch
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump
          • Windshield Wiper Motor (LHD)
          • Windshield Wiper Motor (RHD)
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3715
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3873
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3875
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3922
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Windshield Wiper System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washer Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Washers Inoperative Starting Point
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Rear Washer Always On
        • Rear Washer Inoperative
        • Headlamp Washers Inoperative
        • Rear Wiper Always On
        • Rear Wiper Inoperative
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wipers/Washer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Wiper and Washer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Washer Nozzle Replacement (Domestic)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Washer Nozzle Replacement (Export RHD XA7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Washer Nozzle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Washer Nozzle Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Washer Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Washer Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Wiper Blade Replacement
          • Remove Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Wiper Blade Element Replacement
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Transmission Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Module Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Headlamp Washer System Description and Operation
          • Headlamp Washer System Components
          • Headlamp Washer System Controls
          • Headlamp Washer System Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Power and Grounds
          • Modes of Operation
          • Automatic Modes of Operation
          • Low Speed Operation
          • Mist Operation
          • Delay Operation
          • High Speed Operation
          • Wash Operation
          • Park Position Operation
          • Washer Fluid LOW ADD FLUID Message
        • Rear Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0996
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1015
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1016
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3006
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B302A
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3031
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3060
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3935
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3976
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0513
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0633
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1629
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
        • DTC P1631
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1632
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components
          • 10-Minute Immobilizer Relearn
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
          • 10-Minute Vehicle Key Relearn
          • 30-Minute Vehicle Key Relearn
        • Hood Ajar Indicator Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
            • Fleet Keys
          • Security Indicator
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Remote Function Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Remote Function Component Views
        • Remote Function Connector End Views
          • Hood Ajar Switch (UA6)
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCLDR)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Remote Functions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3105
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3109, B3110, B3111, or B3112
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative (Three LEDs)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Remote Vehicle Start Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal One LED
          • Notes
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal (Three LEDs)
          • Notes
          • Programming the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Programming the GDO for Fixed Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation (One LED)
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation (Three LEDs)
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Keyless Entry Transmitters
          • Keyless Entry Antenna
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Vehicle Locator/Panic Alarm
          • Panic Alarm Function
          • Remote Vehicle Start
          • Enable/Disable RVS
          • Hood Ajar Switch
          • RVS Circuit Description
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Power Door Lock System And Release Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
        • Liftgate Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Vehicle Access Component Views (LHD)
        • Vehicle Access Component Views (RHD)
        • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver (LHD)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver (RHD)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Rear
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger (LHD)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger (RHD)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Rear
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C6 (RHD)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C7 (DR4)
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C6 (RHD)
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C7 (DR4)
          • Liftgate Close Switch
          • Liftgate Handle Switch
          • Liftgate Latch
          • Liftgate Side Upper Sensor - Left
          • Liftgate Side Upper Sensor - Right
          • Power Liftgate Module C1
          • Power Liftgate Module C2
          • Power Liftgate Module C3
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle Access
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B1019
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1023
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B153A
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B153B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B153E
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B153F
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2494
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2495
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3130
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3135
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3225
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B396A
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B396B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B396F
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Door Lock Key Cylinder Switches Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Liftgate Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Liftgate Sags When Open or Slowly Closes
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Calibration Procedure
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Front Side Door Inside Handle Replacement
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Outside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Inside Handle Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory and Liftgate Control Module Replacement
        • Power Liftgate Close Actuator Motor Replacement
        • Liftgate Close Actuator Bracket Replacement
        • Liftgate Actuator Rod Replacement
        • Liftgate Side Upper Sensor Replacement
        • Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Door Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Primary Latch Striker Replacement
        • Liftgate Latch Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Actuator Switch Replacement
        • Door Lock and Side Window Switch Replacement - Driver Side
        • Door Lock and Side Window Switch Replacement - Passenger Side
        • Liftgate Close Actuator Motor Control Module Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Liftgate Description and Operation
          • Power Liftgate System Components
          • Power Liftgate System Controls
          • Power Liftgate System Description
            • Liftgate Module
            • Liftgate Motor Assembly
            • Liftgate Latch
            • Right/Left Side Upper Sensor
            • Liftgate Handle Switch
            • Liftgate Close Switch
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock System Components
          • Power Door Lock and Unlock Switch Operation
          • Door Lock and Unlock Motor Operation
          • Power Door Lock Deadbolt Motors (Export)
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Delayed Locking Operation
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views (LHD)
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views (RHD)
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
          • Hood Ajar Switch (UA6)
          • Inclination Sensor (UA6)
          • Intrusion Sensor (UA6)
          • Theft Deterrent Alarm Siren (UA6)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Content Theft Deterrent Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Inclination Sensor Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Intrusion Sensor Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Security Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Inclination Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Intrusion Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD System Armed/Event Indication
          • CTD Component Description
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
            • Security Indicator
            • Door Lock/Unlock Switches
            • Driver Door Module (DDM), Passenger Door Module (PDM)
            • Door Ajar Switches
            • Liftgate/Liftglass Ajar Switches
            • Driver Door Cylinder Switch
            • Hood Ajar Switch
            • Inclination Sensor (RPO UA2)
            • Intrusion Sensor (RPO UA2)
            • Theft Deterrent Alarm (Some Export Vehicles)
            • Inputs
            • Outputs
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Wind Noise
        • Interior Wind Noise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels And Closures
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cross Vehicle Brace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Adjustment
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Open Assist Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Front Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Strut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Open Assist Rod Stud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Strut Ball Stud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Upper Auxiliary Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Upper Auxiliary Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Bumper System & Fascia
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Inspection After Collision
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Bumper Impact Bar Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Fascia Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Side Bracket Replacement (Sport Only)
        • Front Bumper Fascia Extension Replacement - Right Side (R1T, R1X)
        • Front Bumper Fascia Extension Replacement - Left Side (R1T, R1X)
        • Front Bumper Fascia Reinforcement Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Air Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Bumper Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Impact Bar Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Bumper and Fascia Description
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Door Frame Applique Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Applique Replacement
        • Rear Door Frame Applique Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front License Plate Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Tow Hook Opening Cover Replacement (Sport Package)
        • Radiator Grille Emblem Replacement (Base)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Grille Emblem Replacement (Sport Package)
        • Liftgate Emblem and Nameplate Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Upper Grille Replacement (Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Upper Grille Replacement (R1T, R1X)
        • Radiator Grille Screen Replacement - Upper (R1T, R1X)
        • Radiator Grille Screen Replacement - Lower (R1T, R1X)
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Center Grille Replacement (R1T, R1X)
        • Front Side Door Lower Molding Replacement
        • Hood Front Molding Replacement (Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Front Molding Replacement (Sport )
        • Rear Side Door Lower Molding Replacement
        • Rocker Panel Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Weld Joint Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Air Inlet Grille Panel Water Flow Direction and Cleaning
    • Floor Coverings & Headliners
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Front Carpet Retainer Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Front Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Carpet Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Carpet Retainer Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Headliner Description
          • Formed Headliner
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Right Side (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Right Side (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side (Right Hand Drive)
        • Steering Column Opening Filler Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Steering Column Opening Filler Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Knee Bolster Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Knee Bolster Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Driver Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Driver Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Bezel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Cover Replacement (Left Hand Drive )
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Cover Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Cluster Trim Panel Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Cluster Trim Panel Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right Side (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right Side (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left Side (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left Side (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Trim Panel Replacement - Left Side (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side (Right Hand Drive)
        • Ashtray Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Ashtray Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Storage Compartment Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Storage Compartment Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Trim Bezel Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Trim Bezel Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Latch Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Latch Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Dampener Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Dampener Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Center Molding Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Center Molding Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel with Windshield Defroster Nozzle Grille Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Center Support Bracket Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Carrier Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Carrier Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Retainer Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Retainer Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Front Floor Console Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Cup Holder Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Front Floor Console Cup Holder Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
        • Front Floor Upper Console Trim Plate Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Front Floor Upper Console Trim Plate Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Console Rear Trim Plate Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Console Rear Trim Plate Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Console Front Trim Plate Replacement
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Front Floor Console Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Front Floor Console Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Hinge Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Rear Cover Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Rear Cover Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Interior Trim And Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Upper Extension Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Rail Rear Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Retainer Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Door Opening Frame Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Side Rear Upper Garnish Molding Replacement (w/o TB5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Side Rear Upper Garnish Molding Replacement (w/TB5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Side Rear Trim Panel Replacement (w/o TB5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Side Rear Trim Panel Replacement (w/TB5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Storage Compartment Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Trim Panel Replacement (w/o TB5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Trim Panel Replacement (w/TB5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Sill Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Cup Holder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Luggage Rack And Roof Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Rivet Nut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bucket Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Cushion Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Recliner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Trim Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Center Head Restraint Installation
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Adjuster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Number 1 Seat Back Release Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 1 Back Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 1 Back Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Number 2 Folding Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Back Cushion Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Cushion Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Frame Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Frame Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheelhouse Liner Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Panel Replacement - Right Side
        • Wheelhouse Panel Replacement - Left Side
        • Wheelhouse Splash Shield Replacement (R1T, R1X)
        • Engine Splash Shield Replacement - Left Side
        • Engine Splash Shield Replacement - Right Side
        • Transmission Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailer Hitch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0996
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1015
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1016
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3006
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B302A
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3031
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3060
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3935
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3976
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0513
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0633
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1629
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
        • DTC P1631
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1632
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components
          • 10-Minute Immobilizer Relearn
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
          • 10-Minute Vehicle Key Relearn
          • 30-Minute Vehicle Key Relearn
        • Hood Ajar Indicator Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
            • Fleet Keys
          • Security Indicator
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views (LHD)
        • Harness Routing Views (RHD)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
            • Notes
            • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • BCM Awake/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • BCM Controlled RAP
          • Serial Data Controlled RAP
            • Notes
            • Radio
            • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) (Onstar®)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Utility/Van Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Tools Required
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Tools Required
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
            • Notes
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
          • Tools Required
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Tools Required
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Connector Anatomy
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • Push to Seat Connectors
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Pull to Seat Connectors
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Tools Required
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Weather Pack Connectors
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostal Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
        • Replacement Procedure
      • Micro .64 Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (0.25 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Tools Required
      • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
      • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Mirror Component Views (LHD)
        • Mirror Component Views (RHD)
        • Mirror Connector End Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRVM)
          • Outside Mirror - Driver's Side C1 (DR4)
          • Outside Mirror - Driver's Side C2
          • Outside Mirror - Passenger side
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Mirrors
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1580 or B1590
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1640 or B1645
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1722
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1722 01
            • B1722 02
            • B1722 04
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Mirrors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Outside Mirrors Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Mirror Folding Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Mirror Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD7, DD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Personalization - Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Power Folding Mirrors
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
        • Rear Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Component Views
        • Power Seat Connector End Views
          • Folding Seat Horizontal Motor Assembly (AM0)
          • Folding Seat Recline Motor Assembly (AM0)
          • Folding Seat Recline Switch (AM0)
          • Folding Seat Rotation Motor Assembly (AM0)
          • Folding Seat Stow Switch - Front (AM0)
          • Folding Seat Stow Switch - Rear (AM0)
          • Memory Seat Module (MSM) C1 (A45)
          • Memory Seat Module (MSM) C2 (A45)
          • Memory Seat Module (MSM) C3 (A45)
          • Memory Seat Module (MSM) C4 (A45)
          • Memory Seat Module (MSM) C5 (A45)
          • Memory Seat Module (MSM) C6 (A45)
          • Memory Seat Module (MSM) C7 (A45)
          • Rear Seat Module C1 (AM0)
          • Rear Seat Module C2 (AM0)
          • Rear Seat Module C3 (AM0)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (LHD w/o A45)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (RHD w/o A45)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (LHD w/A45)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (RHD w/A45)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger (LHD)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger (RHD)
          • Seat Back Load Floor Position Switch (AM0)
          • Seat Back Panel Position Switch (AM0)
          • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver
          • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Passenger
          • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor - Driver (A45)
          • Seat Horizontal Motor - Driver
          • Seat Horizontal Motor - Passenger
          • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor - Driver (A45)
          • Seat Lumbar Motor - Driver (AL2)
          • Seat Lumbar Motor - Passenger (AL2)
          • Seat Lumbar Switch - Driver (AL2)
          • Seat Lumbar Switch - Passenger (AL2)
          • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver
          • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Passenger
          • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor - Driver (A45)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Driver
          • Seat Recline Motor - Passenger
          • Seat Recline Position Sensor - Driver (A45)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1335
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1335 00
            • B1335 0B
            • B1335 42
            • B1335 4B
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1395 (Rear Seat Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1395 (Memory Seat Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1395 02
            • B1395 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1545, B1546, or B3729
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1547, B1770, or B1785
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1548, B1825, or B2375 (Rear Seat Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, or B1820
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B1860, B2355, B2365, or B2375 (Memory Seat Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1825, B1850, B2355, B2365, B2375 01
            • B1825, B1850, B2355, B2365, B2375 06
            • B1825, B1850, B2355, B2365, B2375 5A
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3920 or B3921
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3920 01
            • B3920 02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Power Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (w/o Memory - A45)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (with Memory - A45)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o Memory - A45)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Seat Inoperative (with Memory - A45)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Third Row Seat Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Seat Adjuster Memory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration
        • Rear Seat Control Module Replacement - Rear Seat Number 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Horizontal Adjuster Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Horizontal Adjuster Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Vertical Adjuster Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Back Pivot Actuator Motor Replacement - Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Lumbar Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Recliner Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Recliner Actuator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Back Recliner Actuator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Raising the Third (Rear Number 2) Seat Without Electrical Power
          • Removal Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Seat Back Presence Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Folding Actuator Switch Replacement - Rear Quarter Trim Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Folding Actuator Switch Replacement - Rear Quarter Trim Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Folding Actuator Seat Position Switch Replacement
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Back Pivot Actuator Motor Replacement - Back Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Folding Seat Calibration
      • Description and Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Memory Recall Option
          • Power Seat Switches
          • MSM Power and Grounds
          • Seat Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
          • Recall Personalization
          • Memory Inhibit/Enable
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation (Folding Seat)
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Seat Operation and GMLAN Communications
          • Rear Seat Switches
          • Rear Seat Module and Power and Ground
          • Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Seat Operation
          • Seat Operation Sequencing
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation (Front Seat)
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Motors
          • Seat Operation
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bucket Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Cushion Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Recliner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Trim Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Center Head Restraint Installation
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Adjuster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Number 1 Seat Back Release Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 1 Back Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 1 Back Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Number 2 Folding Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Back Cushion Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Cushion Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Component Views (LHD)
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Component Views (RHD)
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
          • Heated Seat Back Element - Driver
          • Heated Seat Cushion Element - Driver
          • Heated Seat Back Element - Passenger
          • Heated Seat Cushion Element - Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1925 or B2170
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1925, B2170 02
            • B1925, B2170 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1935 or B2180
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1935, B2180 04
            • B1935, B2180 0A
            • B1935, B2180 0B
            • B1935, B2180 0C
            • B1935, B2180 1F
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2345
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2345 00
            • B2345 13
            • B2345 42
            • B2345 4B
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • B2345 42 or B2345 4B
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2425 or B2430
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2425, B2430 04
            • B2425, B2430 0A
            • B2425, B2430 0B
            • B2425, B2430 0C
            • B2425, B2430 1F
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2435 or B2440
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2435, B2440 02
            • B2435, B2440 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2508 or B2509
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2508 01
            • B2508 02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Seat Heating and Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Heated Seat Switch Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Heater Switch Replacement
        • Front Seat Heater Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Seat Back Cushion Heater and Passenger Seat Back Cushion Heater Replacement
          • Repair Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Seat Cushion Heater and Passenger Seat Cushion Heater Replacement (Passenger Seat)
          • Repair Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Seat Cushion Heater and Passenger Seat Cushion Heater Replacement (Driver Seat)
          • Repair Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seat Components
          • Modes of Operation
          • Heated Seat Switch/LED Indicators and System Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Load Management
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Sunroof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Sunroof Component Views
        • Sunroof Connector End Views
          • Front Sunshade Control Module (C3B)
          • Rear Sunshade Control Module (C3B)
          • Rear Sunshade Switch (C3B)
          • Sunroof Control Module (CF5 or C3B)
          • Sunroof Switch (CF5/C3B)
      • Visual Identification
        • Power Sunroof Disassembled View
        • Sunroof Drive and Return Cable Identification
        • Sunroof Water Management System Identification
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunshade Express Open/Close Features Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Sunshade Inoperative (Front)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunshade Inoperative (Rear)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Express Open/Close Features Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Sunshade Cable Assembly Replacement (Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Cable Assembly Replacement (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Cable Assembly Replacement (Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Cable Assembly Replacement (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Cam Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Exterior Trim Cover Replacement (Front)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Exterior Trim Cover Replacement (Front Sides)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Exterior Trim Cover Replacement (Rear)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Exterior Trim Cover Replacement (Rear Sides)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Air Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Inspection and Cleaning (Fixed Roof Window)
          • Inspection and Cleaning Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Inspection and Cleaning (Rear Vent Window)
          • Inspection and Cleaning Procedure
        • Sunroof Front Track Extension Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Rear Track Extension Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Housing Rear Drain Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Finishing Lace Replacement (Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Finishing Lace Replacement (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Block Assembly Replacement (Front Sunshade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Block Assembly Replacement (Front Window)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Block Assembly Replacement (Rear Sunshade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Block Assembly Replacement (Rear Vent Window)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Rear Vent Window Hinge Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Seal Replacement (Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Seal Replacement (Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Seal Replacement (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Manual Operation
        • Sunroof Sunshade Assembly Replacement (Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Assembly Replacement (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Front Window Rear Track Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Rear Track Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Front Track Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Cable Drive Tube Replacement (Front Window)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Cable Drive Tube Replacement (Rear Vent Window)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Cable Return Tube Replacement (Front Window)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Cable Return Tube Replacement (Rear Vent Window)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Weatherstrip Replacement (Inboard Side)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Weatherstrip Replacement (Outboard Side)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof and Sunshade Drive Tube Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
        • Sunroof Window Replacement (Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement (Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement (Rear Stationary)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement (Rear Vent)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation
          • Power Sunroof System Components - CF5
          • Power Sunroof System Components - C3B
          • Front Glass Operation
          • Front Sunshade Operation
          • Rear Sunshade Operation - C3B
        • Sunroof Front Window/Sunshade Initialization Process
          • Initialization Process
          • Teach Module Process
        • Sunroof Rear Window Initialization Process
          • Sunroof Rear Vent Window Initialization
          • Teach Module Process
          • Sunroof Rear Vent Window Sunshade Initialization
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Ultra-View Sunroof Water Flow Direction
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Windows
    • Fixed & MOVEABLE Window Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views (LHD)
        • Window Systems Component Views (RHD)
        • Window Systems Connector End Views
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C1
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C2
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Left Rear
          • Window Motor - Passenger
          • Window Motor - Right Rear
          • Window Switch - Left Rear
          • Window Switch - Right Rear
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0283 02
            • C0283 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B320A or B320B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Windows Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Power Window Switch Malfunction - Front
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Window Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Front Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window and Front Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Inner Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Inner Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows
        • Front Side Door Window Front Channel and Rear Channel Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window Controls
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Window Express Up and Down Operation
          • Window Lockout Feature
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Antilock Brake System Schematic Icons
        • Antilock Brake System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Antilock Brake System Component Views (LHD)
        • Antilock Brake System Component Views (RHD)
        • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
          • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (LH2)
          • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (LY7)
          • Steering Angle Sensor
          • Traction Control Switch
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - Left Front
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - Left Rear
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - Right Front
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - Right Rear
          • Yaw and Lateral/Long Acceleration Sensor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC B0665
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0035-C0050
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0035-C0050 00
            • C0035-C0050 0F
            • C0035-C0050 18
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0110
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0110 04
            • C0110 07
            • C00110 61
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0113-C0115
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0121
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0136
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0137
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0138 or C0139
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0138
            • DTC C0139
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0161 11
            • C0161 12
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0161 11
            • C0161 12
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0163-C0165
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • DTC C0163
            • DTC C0164
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0163
            • DTC C0164
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • DTC C0163
            • DTC C0164
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0179
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0186 or C0187
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0192
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0196
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0220-C0229
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0240
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0241 or P0856
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0242
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0243
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0244 or P1689
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1276
            • P1644 or P1689
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0249 or C0250
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0252
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0253 or C0254
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0253
            • C0254
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0281 or C081
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0460 or C0461
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0460
            • C0461
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0551
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0561
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0565
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0710
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0710 00
            • C0710 1A
            • C0710 1F
            • C0710 52
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0710 00
            • C0710 1A
            • C0710 1F
            • C0710 52
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0899
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0900
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1575
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Unwanted Activation
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Excessive Brake Pulsation
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antilock Brake System Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Traction Control Switch Replacement (LHD)
        • Electronic Traction Control Switch Replacement (RHD)
        • Vehicle Yaw Sensor with Vehicle Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Yaw Sensor with Vehicle Lateral and Longitudinal Accelerometer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Engine Drag Control (EDC)
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control System Indicator
            • TRAC Off
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection (JL9, JE5)
        • Front Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection (JL9, JE5)
        • Rear Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection (JL9, JE5)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Disc Brake Pads Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Disc Brake Pads Replacement (JL9, JE5)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pad and Rotor Burnishing
        • Front Brake Caliper Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Replacement (JL9, JE5)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Caliper Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Front Disc Brake Hardware Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Disc Brake Hardware Replacement (JL9, JE5)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Rotor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Rotor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Shield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - Correction Plates
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - On Vehicle Lathe
          • Tools Required
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Hydraulic Brake Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Views (LHD)
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Views (RHD)
        • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
          • Brake Fluid Level Switch
          • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor
          • Park Brake Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0267
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Descriptions
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
          • Tools Required
        • Front Brake Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Intermediate Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement (LHD)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement (RHD)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake System Indicators
            • Brake
              • Notes
              • Check Brake Fluid
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
      • Park Brake Shoe Inspection
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Shoe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Release Handle Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Release Cable Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement (LHD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement (RHD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement (LHD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement (RHD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Intermediate Cable Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Rear Cable Replacement - Left Side
        • Tools Required
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Rear Cable Replacement - Right Side
        • Tools Required
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Mounting Bracket Replacement
        • Tools Required
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Actuator Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Backing Plate Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment
        • Tools Required
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
        • System Component Description
        • System Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Antilock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Antilock Brake System Schematic Icons
      • Antilock Brake System Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Antilock Brake System Component Views (LHD)
      • Antilock Brake System Component Views (RHD)
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (LH2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (LY7)
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Traction Control Switch
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - Left Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - Left Rear
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - Right Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - Right Rear
        • Yaw and Lateral/Long Acceleration Sensor
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Test Drive
      • Enhanced Diagnostics
        • History Data
        • Diagnostic Strategy
      • DTC B0665
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0035-C0050
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • C0035-C0050 00
          • C0035-C0050 0F
          • C0035-C0050 18
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0110
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0110 04
          • C0110 07
          • C00110 61
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0113-C0115
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0121
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0136
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0137
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0138 or C0139
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC C0138
          • DTC C0139
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0161
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0161 11
          • C0161 12
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • C0161 11
          • C0161 12
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0163-C0165
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • DTC C0163
          • DTC C0164
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC C0163
          • DTC C0164
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC C0163
          • DTC C0164
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0179
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0186 or C0187
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0192
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0196
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0220-C0229
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0240
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0241 or P0856
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0242
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0243
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0244 or P1689
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1276
          • P1644 or P1689
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0249 or C0250
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0252
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0253 or C0254
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0253
          • C0254
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0281 or C081
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0460 or C0461
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0460
          • C0461
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0550
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0551
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0561
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0565
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0710
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C0710 00
          • C0710 1A
          • C0710 1F
          • C0710 52
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0710 00
          • C0710 1A
          • C0710 1F
          • C0710 52
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0820
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0870
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0899
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0900
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1575
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • ABS Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • ABS Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Control Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Control Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Unwanted Activation
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Excessive Brake Pulsation
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
    • Repair Instructions
      • Antilock Brake System Automated Bleed Procedure
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Electronic Traction Control Switch Replacement (LHD)
      • Electronic Traction Control Switch Replacement (RHD)
      • Vehicle Yaw Sensor with Vehicle Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Vehicle Yaw Sensor with Vehicle Lateral and Longitudinal Accelerometer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • ABS Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Antilock Brake System
        • Pressure Hold
        • Pressure Decrease
        • Pressure Increase
        • Engine Drag Control (EDC)
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
        • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
        • ABS Indicator
        • Traction Control System Indicator
          • TRAC Off
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Disassembled Views
        • Rear Wheel Drive Shaft Disassembled Views (AWD)
        • Rear Wheel Drive Shaft Disassembled Views (RWD)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Symptoms - Wheel Drive Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement - Left Side
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement - Right Side
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement (AWD)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement (RWD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement (AWD)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement (RWD)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seal and Clamp
          • Inner Joint
          • Outer Joint
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Differentials & Drive Axles
    • Front Drive Axle
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Front Axle Usage
        • Lubrication Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
        • Front Axle Identification
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Front Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Front Drive Axle
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
        • Front Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Axle Lubricant Level Inspection
        • Front Axle Lubricant Replacement
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Drive Axle Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Left Side
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Right Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Differential Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke, Seal, and Dust Deflector Replacement (V6)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Differential Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke, Seal, and Dust Deflector Replacement (V8)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Drive Axle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Rear Drive Axle
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Lubrication Specifications
        • Rear Axle Specifications
        • Rear Axle Usage
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
        • Spacer and Shim Specifications
      • Visual Identification
        • Rear Axle Identification
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Rear Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Rear Drive Axle
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
        • Rear Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Change
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lubricant Level Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Cover and Seal Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke and/or Oil Seal Replacement (V6 Engine)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke and/or Oil Seal Replacement (V8 Engine)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Disassemble
        • Ring Gear and Differential Housing Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Drive Pinion Disassemble
        • Differential Housing Cleaning and Inspection
          • Differential Housing
          • Differential Carrier Cover
          • Drive Pinion Carrier
        • Differential Housing Support Bushing Replacement (Front)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Housing Support Bushing Replacement (Rear)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Side Bearing Preload Adjustment
        • Differential Side Bearings Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Ring Gear and Differential Housing Assemble
        • Drive Pinion Assemble
        • Rear Axle Assemble
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment
        • Backlash Adjustment
        • Limited Slip Differential Disassemble
        • Limited Slip Differential Cleaning and Inspection
        • Limited Slip Differential Assemble
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Drive Axle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Driveshaft & Universal Joints
    • Propeller Shaft
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Driveline Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Propeller Shaft
        • Symptoms - Propeller Shaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Universal Joint Noise
        • Ping, Snap, or Click Noise
        • Knock or Clunk Noise
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
        • Shudder on Acceleration at Low Speed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Propeller Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Propeller Shaft Replacement (AWD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Propeller Shaft Replacement (RWD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Center Support Bearing Overhaul (RWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Clean and Inspect
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Propeller Shaft Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Two-Piece Propeller Shaft Description
          • Propeller Shaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description (RWD Only)
          • Center Bearing Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views (LHD)
        • Power Outlet Component Views (RHD)
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Center Console 1
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Center Console 2
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Rear
          • Cigar Lighter
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Receptacle or 12-Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 12-Volt Quarter Trim Panel Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Console Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Component Locations And Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views (LHD)
      • Power and Grounding Component Views (RHD)
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear C2
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear C2
    • OEM Connector End Views - Automatic Transmission, Horn, Remote Function, Sunroof, Engine Control Module, Engine Controls, HVAC,
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View (Domestic)
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View - Center (Export)
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View - Left (Export)
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (UA6)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCLDR) Connector End View
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Front Sunshade Control Module Connector End View (C3B)
        • Rear Sunshade Control Module Connector End View (C3B)
        • Rear Sunshade Switch Connector End View (C3B)
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View (CF5 or C3B)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (CF5/C3B)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) CMP Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake Bank 2
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View - Bank 1
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View - Bank 2
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View Exhaust Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View Exhaust Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View Intake Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View Intake Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 1 (LH2)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 2 (LH2)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake Bank 1 (LH2)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake Bank 2 (LH2)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (LH2)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LH2)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (LH2)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1 (LH2)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2 (LH2)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1 (LH2)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2 (LH2)
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View Bank 1
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View Bank 2
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (LH2)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (LH2)
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (LH2)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (LY7)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Quality Sensor (AQS) Connector End View - (K14)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (C57)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View - Auxiliary (C57)
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary (C57)
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Rear Auxiliary (C57)
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload/Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views - Displays And Gages, Hydraulic Brake, Vehicle Access, Seat Belt, Automatic Level Control, Mirror, Adjustable Pedal, Lighting Systems, Entertainment/Communication, Window Systems
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Clock Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LH2)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LY7)
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver (LHD)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver (RHD)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger (LHD)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger (RHD)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C6 (RHD)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C7 (DR4)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C4
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C6 (RHD)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C7 (DR4)
        • Liftgate Close Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Handle Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Latch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Side Upper Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Liftgate Side Upper Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Power Liftgate Module Connector End View C1
        • Power Liftgate Module Connector End View C2
        • Power Liftgate Module Connector End View C3
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
      • Automatic Level Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View (F55)
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Connector End View Mirror (ISRVM)
        • Outside Mirror Connector End View - Driver's Side C1 (DR4)
        • Outside Mirror Connector End View - Driver's Side C2
        • Outside Mirror Connector End View - Passenger side
      • Adjustable Pedal Connector End Views
        • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View (JF4)
        • Adjustable Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View (JF4)
        • Adjustable Pedal Motor Connector End View (JF4)
        • Adjustable Pedals Switch Connector End View (JF4)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Center
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Front
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Footwell
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Lift Gate
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Footwell
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear (T79)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear (T79)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Ballast Connector End View - Left (Low Beam w/HID)
        • Headlamp Ballast Connector End View - Right (Low Beam w/HID)
        • Headlamp High Beam Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp High Beam Connector End View - Right
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Connector End View - Front (TR7)
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Connector End View - Rear (TR7)
        • Headlamp Low Beam Connector End View - Left w/o HID
        • Headlamp Low Beam Connector End View - Right w/o HID
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Repeater Lamp Left Connector End View (T90)
        • Repeater Lamp Right Connector End View (T90)
        • Sunload/Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Sunshade Connector End View - Left
        • Sunshade Connector End View - Right
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left (Domestic)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right (Domestic)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export)
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQA) (LHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQA) (RHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQA) (LHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQA) (RHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQA) (LHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQA) (RHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQS)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQS)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQS)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C4 (UQS)
        • Auxiliary RCA Video Jacks Connector End View (U42)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View (UQS)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (Domestic)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (Export)
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (Domestic)
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (Export)
        • Radio Connector End View C3 (U42)
        • Radio Connector End View C4
        • Rear Seat Audio Module Connector End View C1 (U42)
        • Rear Seat Audio Module Connector End View C2 (U42)
        • Rear Video Display Connector End View (U42)
        • Rear Window Antenna Module Connector End View - Left
        • Rear Window Antenna Module Connector End View - Right
        • Speaker Connector End View - Center Console (UQS)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Instrument Panel (UQS)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left A-Pillar Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left D-Pillar (UQS)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Subwoofer
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right A-Pillar Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right D-Pillar (UQS)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear Door
        • Traffic Information Receiver Connector End View (U2X)
        • TV Tuner Module Connector End View (U2Y/U2X)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3 (UE1)
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Right Rear
    • OEM Connector End Views - Inline Harness Connectors - C101 Through C210
      • C101 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C102 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
      • C103 I/P Harness to Battery Negative Cable Connector End View
      • C104 Engine Harness to Engine POA Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C105 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (F55)
      • C107 Engine Harness to Starter Harness Connector End View (LH2) (1 Cavity)
      • C108 Engine Harness to Engine POA Harness Connector End View (LY7)
      • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/HID and Leveling)
      • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/HID)
      • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/o HID)
      • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (w/HID and Leveling)
      • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (w/HID)
      • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (w/o HID)
      • C113 Engine Harness to Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C114 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Repeater Lamp Harness Connector End View (w/T90)
      • C115 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Repeater Lamp Harness Connector End View (w/T90)
      • C116 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C116 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C117 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C118 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C120 Engine Harness to Variable Effort Steering (VES) Jumper Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C139 Engine Harness to Left Coil/Module Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C140 Engine Harness to Right Coil/Module Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LY7)
      • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C204 I/P Harness to Sun Load Sensor Harness Connector End View
      • C205 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C205 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C207 Body to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C207 Body to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C207 Body to I/P Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C208 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Controls Harness Connector End View
      • C209 Body Harness to Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View
      • C210 Body Harness to Cigar Lighter Harness Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Inline Harness Connectors - C215 Through C901
      • C215 Body Harness to Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness Connector End View
      • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C301 Driver Seat Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C302 I/P Harness to Shifter Control Harness Connector End View
      • C304 Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
      • C306 Front Passenger Seat Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C307 Body Harness to Front Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C308 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (C3B/CF5) (Domestic)
      • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (C3B/CF5) (Export)
      • C311 Body Harness to Rear Seat Harness Connector End View (AM0)
      • C312 Console Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C313 Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
      • C314 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C315 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (C3B/CF5)
      • C316 Body Harness to Rear Quarter Trim Harness Connector End View
      • C317 Headliner Harness to Courtesy/Reading Lamp Module Harness Connector End View
      • C321 I/P Harness to HVAC Actuator Harness Connector End View
      • C326 Passenger Seat Lumbar Jumper Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (AL2)
      • C401 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C402 Body Harness to RPA Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C402 Body Harness to RPA Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C403 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C404 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C420 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Harness Connector End View
      • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C502 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C502 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C602 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C602 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Harness Connector End View
      • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Harness Connector End View
      • C901 Liftgate Harness to License/Backup/Rear Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View (T79)
      • C901 Liftgate Harness to License/Backup Lamp Harness Connector End View (w/o T79)
    • OEM Connector End Views - Power Outlet, Cooling System, Object Detection, Wiper/Washer, Immobilizer, Power Seat, Theft Deterrent System, Sir, Engine Electrical, Power And Grounding, Electrical Center Identification
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Center Console 1
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Center Console 2
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
      • Object Detection Connector End Views
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - Left Rear Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - Left Rear Middle
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - Right Rear Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - Right Rear Middle
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View (CE4)
        • Heated Washer Nozzle Connector End View - Left (XA7)
        • Heated Washer Nozzle Connector End View - Right (XA7)
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (LHD)
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (RHD)
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Folding Seat Horizontal Motor Assembly Connector End View (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Recline Motor Assembly Connector End View (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Recline Switch Connector End View (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Rotation Motor Assembly Connector End View (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Stow Switch Connector End View - Front (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Stow Switch Connector End View - Rear (AM0)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C1 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C2 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C3 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C4 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C5 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C6 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C7 (A45)
        • Rear Seat Module Connector End View C1 (AM0)
        • Rear Seat Module Connector End View C2 (AM0)
        • Rear Seat Module Connector End View C3 (AM0)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (LHD w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (RHD w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (LHD w/A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (RHD w/A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (LHD)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (RHD)
        • Seat Back Load Floor Position Switch Connector End View (AM0)
        • Seat Back Panel Position Switch Connector End View (AM0)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AL2)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (UA6)
        • Inclination Sensor Connector End View (UA6)
        • Intrusion Sensor Connector End View (UA6)
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Siren Connector End View (UA6)
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Rollover Sensor Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Starter Connector End View (LY7)
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Left Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Left Rear C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Right Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Right Rear C2
    • OEM Connector End Views - Splice Pack, Secondary/Configurable Control, Antilock Brake System, Automatic Transmission, Steering Assist, Heated/Cooled Seat, Electronic Suspension Control, Data Communication
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP200 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP300 Connector End View (LHD)
        • Splice Pack SP300 Connector End View (RHD)
        • Splice Pack SP304 Connector End View
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LH2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LY7)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Yaw and Lateral/Long Acceleration Sensor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 16-Way Connector End View
        • 16-Way Transmission Pass-Through Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • TU/TD Assembly Harness Connector End View J1
        • TU/TD Assembly Harness Connector End View J4
        • TU/TD Assembly Harness Connector End View J5
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Input and Output Speed Sensor (ISS/OSS) Connector End View
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector End View
      • Steering Assist Connector End Views
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Cushion Element Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Passenger
        • Heated Seat Cushion Element Connector End View - Passenger
      • Electronic Suspension Control Connector End Views
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End View (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - Left Front (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - Left Rear (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - Right Front (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - Right Rear (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - Left Font (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - Left Rear (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - Right Front (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - Right Rear (F55)
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C5
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C6
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C7
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) End View
        • Rear Body Control Module Connector End View (EXPORT) C1
        • Rear Body Control Module Connector End View (RHD) C2
        • Terminator Resistor Connector End View
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views (LHD)
        • Harness Routing Views (RHD)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
            • Notes
            • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • BCM Awake/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • BCM Controlled RAP
          • Serial Data Controlled RAP
            • Notes
            • Radio
            • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) (Onstar®)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - DTC B1370 To DTC B1475
      • DTC B1370
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • B1370 01
          • B1370 06
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • B1370 01
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B1380
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • B1380 01
          • B1380 06
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • B1380 01
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B1428
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B1440
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B1441
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • B1441 01
          • B1441 06
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B1475
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Splice Pack And In-Line Harness Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP200
        • Splice Pack SP300 (LHD)
        • Splice Pack SP300 (RHD)
        • Splice Pack SP304
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C101 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • C102 Engine Harness to I/P Harness
        • C103 I/P Harness to Battery Negative Cable
        • C104 Engine Harness to Engine POA Harness (LH2)
        • C105 Engine Harness to Body Harness (F55)
        • C107 Engine Harness to Starter Harness (LH2) (1 Cavity)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Engine POA Harness (LY7)
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Left (w/HID and Leveling)
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Left (w/HID)
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Left (w/o HID)
        • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Right (w/HID and Leveling)
        • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Right (w/HID)
        • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Right (w/o HID)
        • C113 Engine Harness to Forward Lamp Harness (LH2)
        • C114 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Repeater Lamp Harness (w/T90)
        • C115 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Repeater Lamp Harness (w/T90)
        • C116 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C116 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C117 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C118 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C120 Engine Harness to Variable Effort Steering (VES) Jumper Harness (RHD)
        • C139 Engine Harness to Left Coil/Module Harness (LH2)
        • C140 Engine Harness to Right Coil/Module Harness (LH2)
        • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LH2)
        • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LY7)
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness (RHD)
        • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness (Domestic)
        • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness (Export)
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness (RHD)
        • C204 I/P Harness to Sun Load Sensor Harness
        • C205 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C205 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness (RHD)
        • C207 Body to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C207 Body to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C207 Body to I/P Harness (RHD)
        • C208 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Controls Harness
        • C209 Body Harness to Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
        • C210 Body Harness to Cigar Lighter Harness
        • C215 Body Harness to Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness
        • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
        • C301 Driver Seat Harness to Body Harness
        • C302 I/P Harness to Shifter Control Harness
        • C304 Console Harness to I/P Harness
        • C306 Front Passenger Seat Harness to Body Harness
        • C307 Body Harness to Front Passenger Seat Harness
        • C308 Headliner Harness to Body Harness
        • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness (C3B/CF5) (Domestic)
        • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness (C3B/CF5) (Export)
        • C311 Body Harness to Rear Seat Harness (AM0)
        • C312 Console Harness to Body Harness
        • C313 Console Harness to I/P Harness
        • C314 Headliner Harness to Body Harness
        • C315 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness (C3B/CF5)
        • C316 Body Harness to Rear Quarter Trim Harness
        • C317 Headliner Harness to Courtesy/Reading Lamp Module Harness
        • C321 I/P Harness to HVAC Actuator Harness
        • C326 Passenger Seat Lumbar Jumper Harness to Passenger Seat Harness (AL2)
        • C401 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness
        • C402 Body Harness to RPA Harness (Domestic)
        • C402 Body Harness to RPA Harness (Export)
        • C403 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness
        • C404 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness
        • C420 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Harness
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness (LHD)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness (RHD)
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness (LHD)
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness (RHD)
        • C502 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness (LHD)
        • C502 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness (RHD)
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness (LHD)
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness (RHD)
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness (LHD)
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness (RHD)
        • C602 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness (LHD)
        • C602 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness (RHD)
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness (LHD)
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness (RHD)
        • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Harness
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness (LHD)
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness (RHD)
        • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Harness
        • C901 Liftgate Harness to License/Backup/Rear Fog Lamp Harness (T79)
        • C901 Liftgate Harness to License/Backup Lamp Harness (w/o T79)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Data List
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Utility/Van Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Tools Required
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Tools Required
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
            • Notes
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
          • Tools Required
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Tools Required
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Connector Anatomy
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • Push to Seat Connectors
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Pull to Seat Connectors
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Tools Required
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Weather Pack Connectors
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostal Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
        • Replacement Procedure
      • Micro .64 Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (0.25 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Tools Required
      • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
      • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views (LHD)
        • Engine Electrical Component Views (RHD)
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Generator
          • Starter (LY7)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1405
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1424
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1516
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1516 08
            • B1516 66
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1517
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B1517 03
            • B1517 07
            • B1517 5A
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1527
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0895
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0899
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0900
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0616
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0617
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0622
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1668
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LY7 - LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LY7 - RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LH2 - LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LH2 - RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LY7 - LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LY7 - RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LH2 - LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LH2 - RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Ground Strap Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LH2 - AWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LH2 - RWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
          • Charging System Components
            • Generator
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Battery Current Sensor
            • Engine Control Module (ECM)
            • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Charge Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Headlamp Mode
          • Start Up Mode
          • Voltage Reduction Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
            • Charge Indicator Operation
            • Battery Voltage
            • Battery Not Charging Service Charging System
            • Service Battery Charging System
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Component Locations And Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views (LHD)
      • Power and Grounding Component Views (RHD)
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear C2
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear C2
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Fusible Link
      • Left Rear Fuse Block
      • Right Rear Fuse Block
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
  • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Driver Information System Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Displays and Gages Component Views (LHD)
      • Displays and Gages Component Views (RHD)
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • Clock
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor (LH2)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor (LY7)
        • Fuel Level Sensor - Right
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Displays and Gages
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC B0158
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B3567
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0461
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0462
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0463
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Description and Operation
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0520
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0521
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0522
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0523
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2066
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Description and Operation
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2067
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Description and Operation
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2068
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Description and Operation
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Symptoms - Displays and Gages
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
          • Notes
          • Driver Information Center
      • Chime Always On
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Chime Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Clock Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Test Description
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On (Sensor)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On (Switch)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Description and Operation
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Instrument Cluster Gages Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Mirror Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Rear Hatch/Gate Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Repair Instructions
      • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
      • Driver Information Display Switch Replacement
      • Instrument Cluster Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
      • Instrument Cluster Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
      • Clock Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Brake Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Door Ajar Warning
        • Additional Warnings
      • Compass Calibration and Magnetic Variance
        • Compass Calibration
        • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Trip/Fuel Information Switch
        • Vehicle Information Switch
        • Personalization Switch
        • Set/Reset Switch
        • Info Up/Info Down Switch
          • Notes
          • Average Fuel Economy
            • Notes
            • Average Vehicle Speed
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Trip Timer
            • Battery Voltage
        • Engine Oil Life Remaining
        • Tire Pressure Monitor
        • Park Assist Menu
        • Key FOB Programming Menu
        • English/Metric Button
        • Trip A/B
        • Language
        • Outside Air Temperature
        • Vehicle Speed
      • Fuel Gage Description and Operation
        • Fuel Gage Description and Operation
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Change Engine Oil
        • Check Oil Level
        • Driver Door Ajar
        • Engine Oil Level Low
        • Engine Oil Pressure
        • Fuel Level Low
        • Ice Possible
        • km/h and MPH
        • Left Rear Door Ajar
        • Oil Pressure Low
        • Passenger Door Ajar
        • Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Tighten Gas Cap
        • Trunk Open (Rear Access Open)
        • Vehicle OVERSPEED
      • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Odometer
        • PRND321 Display
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horn Schematic Icons
        • Horn Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horn Component Views (LHD)
        • Horn Component Views (RHD)
        • Horn Connector End Views
          • Horn Assembly (Domestic)
          • Horn Assembly - Center (Export)
          • Horn Assembly - Left (Export)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2750
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Horn Switch Test
          • Horn Test
          • Repair Procedures
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views (LHD)
        • Power Outlet Component Views (RHD)
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Center Console 1
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Center Console 2
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Rear
          • Cigar Lighter
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Receptacle or 12-Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 12-Volt Quarter Trim Panel Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Console Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Component Locations And Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views (LHD)
      • Power and Grounding Component Views (RHD)
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear C2
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear C2
    • OEM Connector End Views - Automatic Transmission, Horn, Remote Function, Sunroof, Engine Control Module, Engine Controls, HVAC,
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View (Domestic)
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View - Center (Export)
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View - Left (Export)
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (UA6)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCLDR) Connector End View
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Front Sunshade Control Module Connector End View (C3B)
        • Rear Sunshade Control Module Connector End View (C3B)
        • Rear Sunshade Switch Connector End View (C3B)
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View (CF5 or C3B)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (CF5/C3B)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) CMP Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake Bank 2
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View - Bank 1
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View - Bank 2
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View Exhaust Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View Exhaust Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View Intake Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View Intake Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 1 (LH2)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 2 (LH2)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake Bank 1 (LH2)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake Bank 2 (LH2)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (LH2)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LH2)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (LH2)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1 (LH2)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2 (LH2)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1 (LH2)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2 (LH2)
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View Bank 1
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View Bank 2
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (LH2)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (LH2)
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (LH2)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (LY7)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Quality Sensor (AQS) Connector End View - (K14)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (C57)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View - Auxiliary (C57)
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary (C57)
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Rear Auxiliary (C57)
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload/Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views - Displays And Gages, Hydraulic Brake, Vehicle Access, Seat Belt, Automatic Level Control, Mirror, Adjustable Pedal, Lighting Systems, Entertainment/Communication, Window Systems
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Clock Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LH2)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LY7)
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver (LHD)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver (RHD)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger (LHD)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger (RHD)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C6 (RHD)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C7 (DR4)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C4
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C6 (RHD)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C7 (DR4)
        • Liftgate Close Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Handle Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Latch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Side Upper Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Liftgate Side Upper Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Power Liftgate Module Connector End View C1
        • Power Liftgate Module Connector End View C2
        • Power Liftgate Module Connector End View C3
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
      • Automatic Level Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View (F55)
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Connector End View Mirror (ISRVM)
        • Outside Mirror Connector End View - Driver's Side C1 (DR4)
        • Outside Mirror Connector End View - Driver's Side C2
        • Outside Mirror Connector End View - Passenger side
      • Adjustable Pedal Connector End Views
        • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View (JF4)
        • Adjustable Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View (JF4)
        • Adjustable Pedal Motor Connector End View (JF4)
        • Adjustable Pedals Switch Connector End View (JF4)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Center
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Front
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Footwell
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Lift Gate
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Footwell
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear (T79)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear (T79)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Ballast Connector End View - Left (Low Beam w/HID)
        • Headlamp Ballast Connector End View - Right (Low Beam w/HID)
        • Headlamp High Beam Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp High Beam Connector End View - Right
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Connector End View - Front (TR7)
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Connector End View - Rear (TR7)
        • Headlamp Low Beam Connector End View - Left w/o HID
        • Headlamp Low Beam Connector End View - Right w/o HID
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Repeater Lamp Left Connector End View (T90)
        • Repeater Lamp Right Connector End View (T90)
        • Sunload/Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Sunshade Connector End View - Left
        • Sunshade Connector End View - Right
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left (Domestic)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right (Domestic)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export)
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQA) (LHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQA) (RHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQA) (LHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQA) (RHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQA) (LHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQA) (RHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQS)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQS)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQS)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C4 (UQS)
        • Auxiliary RCA Video Jacks Connector End View (U42)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View (UQS)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (Domestic)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (Export)
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (Domestic)
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (Export)
        • Radio Connector End View C3 (U42)
        • Radio Connector End View C4
        • Rear Seat Audio Module Connector End View C1 (U42)
        • Rear Seat Audio Module Connector End View C2 (U42)
        • Rear Video Display Connector End View (U42)
        • Rear Window Antenna Module Connector End View - Left
        • Rear Window Antenna Module Connector End View - Right
        • Speaker Connector End View - Center Console (UQS)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Instrument Panel (UQS)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left A-Pillar Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left D-Pillar (UQS)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Subwoofer
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right A-Pillar Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right D-Pillar (UQS)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear Door
        • Traffic Information Receiver Connector End View (U2X)
        • TV Tuner Module Connector End View (U2Y/U2X)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3 (UE1)
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Right Rear
    • OEM Connector End Views - Inline Harness Connectors - C101 Through C210
      • C101 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C102 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
      • C103 I/P Harness to Battery Negative Cable Connector End View
      • C104 Engine Harness to Engine POA Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C105 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (F55)
      • C107 Engine Harness to Starter Harness Connector End View (LH2) (1 Cavity)
      • C108 Engine Harness to Engine POA Harness Connector End View (LY7)
      • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/HID and Leveling)
      • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/HID)
      • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/o HID)
      • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (w/HID and Leveling)
      • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (w/HID)
      • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (w/o HID)
      • C113 Engine Harness to Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C114 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Repeater Lamp Harness Connector End View (w/T90)
      • C115 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Repeater Lamp Harness Connector End View (w/T90)
      • C116 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C116 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C117 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C118 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C120 Engine Harness to Variable Effort Steering (VES) Jumper Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C139 Engine Harness to Left Coil/Module Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C140 Engine Harness to Right Coil/Module Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LY7)
      • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C204 I/P Harness to Sun Load Sensor Harness Connector End View
      • C205 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C205 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C207 Body to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C207 Body to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C207 Body to I/P Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C208 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Controls Harness Connector End View
      • C209 Body Harness to Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View
      • C210 Body Harness to Cigar Lighter Harness Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Inline Harness Connectors - C215 Through C901
      • C215 Body Harness to Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness Connector End View
      • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C301 Driver Seat Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C302 I/P Harness to Shifter Control Harness Connector End View
      • C304 Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
      • C306 Front Passenger Seat Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C307 Body Harness to Front Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C308 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (C3B/CF5) (Domestic)
      • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (C3B/CF5) (Export)
      • C311 Body Harness to Rear Seat Harness Connector End View (AM0)
      • C312 Console Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C313 Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
      • C314 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C315 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (C3B/CF5)
      • C316 Body Harness to Rear Quarter Trim Harness Connector End View
      • C317 Headliner Harness to Courtesy/Reading Lamp Module Harness Connector End View
      • C321 I/P Harness to HVAC Actuator Harness Connector End View
      • C326 Passenger Seat Lumbar Jumper Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (AL2)
      • C401 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C402 Body Harness to RPA Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C402 Body Harness to RPA Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C403 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C404 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C420 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Harness Connector End View
      • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C502 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C502 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C602 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C602 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Harness Connector End View
      • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Harness Connector End View
      • C901 Liftgate Harness to License/Backup/Rear Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View (T79)
      • C901 Liftgate Harness to License/Backup Lamp Harness Connector End View (w/o T79)
    • OEM Connector End Views - Power Outlet, Cooling System, Object Detection, Wiper/Washer, Immobilizer, Power Seat, Theft Deterrent System, Sir, Engine Electrical, Power And Grounding, Electrical Center Identification
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Center Console 1
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Center Console 2
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
      • Object Detection Connector End Views
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - Left Rear Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - Left Rear Middle
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - Right Rear Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - Right Rear Middle
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View (CE4)
        • Heated Washer Nozzle Connector End View - Left (XA7)
        • Heated Washer Nozzle Connector End View - Right (XA7)
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (LHD)
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (RHD)
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Folding Seat Horizontal Motor Assembly Connector End View (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Recline Motor Assembly Connector End View (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Recline Switch Connector End View (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Rotation Motor Assembly Connector End View (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Stow Switch Connector End View - Front (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Stow Switch Connector End View - Rear (AM0)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C1 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C2 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C3 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C4 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C5 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C6 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C7 (A45)
        • Rear Seat Module Connector End View C1 (AM0)
        • Rear Seat Module Connector End View C2 (AM0)
        • Rear Seat Module Connector End View C3 (AM0)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (LHD w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (RHD w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (LHD w/A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (RHD w/A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (LHD)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (RHD)
        • Seat Back Load Floor Position Switch Connector End View (AM0)
        • Seat Back Panel Position Switch Connector End View (AM0)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AL2)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (UA6)
        • Inclination Sensor Connector End View (UA6)
        • Intrusion Sensor Connector End View (UA6)
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Siren Connector End View (UA6)
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Rollover Sensor Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Starter Connector End View (LY7)
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Left Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Left Rear C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Right Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Right Rear C2
    • OEM Connector End Views - Splice Pack, Secondary/Configurable Control, Antilock Brake System, Automatic Transmission, Steering Assist, Heated/Cooled Seat, Electronic Suspension Control, Data Communication
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP200 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP300 Connector End View (LHD)
        • Splice Pack SP300 Connector End View (RHD)
        • Splice Pack SP304 Connector End View
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LH2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LY7)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Yaw and Lateral/Long Acceleration Sensor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 16-Way Connector End View
        • 16-Way Transmission Pass-Through Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • TU/TD Assembly Harness Connector End View J1
        • TU/TD Assembly Harness Connector End View J4
        • TU/TD Assembly Harness Connector End View J5
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Input and Output Speed Sensor (ISS/OSS) Connector End View
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector End View
      • Steering Assist Connector End Views
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Cushion Element Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Passenger
        • Heated Seat Cushion Element Connector End View - Passenger
      • Electronic Suspension Control Connector End Views
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End View (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - Left Front (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - Left Rear (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - Right Front (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - Right Rear (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - Left Font (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - Left Rear (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - Right Front (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - Right Rear (F55)
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C5
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C6
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C7
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) End View
        • Rear Body Control Module Connector End View (EXPORT) C1
        • Rear Body Control Module Connector End View (RHD) C2
        • Terminator Resistor Connector End View
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views (LHD)
        • Harness Routing Views (RHD)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
            • Notes
            • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • BCM Awake/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • BCM Controlled RAP
          • Serial Data Controlled RAP
            • Notes
            • Radio
            • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) (Onstar®)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - DTC B1370 To DTC B1475
      • DTC B1370
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • B1370 01
          • B1370 06
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • B1370 01
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B1380
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • B1380 01
          • B1380 06
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • B1380 01
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B1428
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B1440
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B1441
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • B1441 01
          • B1441 06
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B1475
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Splice Pack And In-Line Harness Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP200
        • Splice Pack SP300 (LHD)
        • Splice Pack SP300 (RHD)
        • Splice Pack SP304
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C101 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • C102 Engine Harness to I/P Harness
        • C103 I/P Harness to Battery Negative Cable
        • C104 Engine Harness to Engine POA Harness (LH2)
        • C105 Engine Harness to Body Harness (F55)
        • C107 Engine Harness to Starter Harness (LH2) (1 Cavity)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Engine POA Harness (LY7)
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Left (w/HID and Leveling)
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Left (w/HID)
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Left (w/o HID)
        • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Right (w/HID and Leveling)
        • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Right (w/HID)
        • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Right (w/o HID)
        • C113 Engine Harness to Forward Lamp Harness (LH2)
        • C114 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Repeater Lamp Harness (w/T90)
        • C115 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Repeater Lamp Harness (w/T90)
        • C116 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C116 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C117 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C118 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C120 Engine Harness to Variable Effort Steering (VES) Jumper Harness (RHD)
        • C139 Engine Harness to Left Coil/Module Harness (LH2)
        • C140 Engine Harness to Right Coil/Module Harness (LH2)
        • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LH2)
        • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LY7)
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness (RHD)
        • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness (Domestic)
        • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness (Export)
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness (RHD)
        • C204 I/P Harness to Sun Load Sensor Harness
        • C205 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C205 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness (RHD)
        • C207 Body to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C207 Body to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C207 Body to I/P Harness (RHD)
        • C208 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Controls Harness
        • C209 Body Harness to Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
        • C210 Body Harness to Cigar Lighter Harness
        • C215 Body Harness to Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness
        • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
        • C301 Driver Seat Harness to Body Harness
        • C302 I/P Harness to Shifter Control Harness
        • C304 Console Harness to I/P Harness
        • C306 Front Passenger Seat Harness to Body Harness
        • C307 Body Harness to Front Passenger Seat Harness
        • C308 Headliner Harness to Body Harness
        • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness (C3B/CF5) (Domestic)
        • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness (C3B/CF5) (Export)
        • C311 Body Harness to Rear Seat Harness (AM0)
        • C312 Console Harness to Body Harness
        • C313 Console Harness to I/P Harness
        • C314 Headliner Harness to Body Harness
        • C315 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness (C3B/CF5)
        • C316 Body Harness to Rear Quarter Trim Harness
        • C317 Headliner Harness to Courtesy/Reading Lamp Module Harness
        • C321 I/P Harness to HVAC Actuator Harness
        • C326 Passenger Seat Lumbar Jumper Harness to Passenger Seat Harness (AL2)
        • C401 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness
        • C402 Body Harness to RPA Harness (Domestic)
        • C402 Body Harness to RPA Harness (Export)
        • C403 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness
        • C404 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness
        • C420 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Harness
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness (LHD)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness (RHD)
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness (LHD)
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness (RHD)
        • C502 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness (LHD)
        • C502 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness (RHD)
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness (LHD)
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness (RHD)
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness (LHD)
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness (RHD)
        • C602 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness (LHD)
        • C602 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness (RHD)
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness (LHD)
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness (RHD)
        • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Harness
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness (LHD)
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness (RHD)
        • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Harness
        • C901 Liftgate Harness to License/Backup/Rear Fog Lamp Harness (T79)
        • C901 Liftgate Harness to License/Backup Lamp Harness (w/o T79)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Data List
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Utility/Van Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Tools Required
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Tools Required
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
            • Notes
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
          • Tools Required
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Tools Required
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Connector Anatomy
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • Push to Seat Connectors
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Pull to Seat Connectors
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Tools Required
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Weather Pack Connectors
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostal Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
        • Replacement Procedure
      • Micro .64 Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (0.25 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Tools Required
      • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
      • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views (LHD)
        • Engine Electrical Component Views (RHD)
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Generator
          • Starter (LY7)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1405
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1424
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1516
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1516 08
            • B1516 66
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1517
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B1517 03
            • B1517 07
            • B1517 5A
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1527
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0895
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0899
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0900
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0616
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0617
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0622
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1668
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LY7 - LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LY7 - RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LH2 - LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LH2 - RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LY7 - LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LY7 - RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LH2 - LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LH2 - RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Ground Strap Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LH2 - AWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LH2 - RWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
          • Charging System Components
            • Generator
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Battery Current Sensor
            • Engine Control Module (ECM)
            • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Charge Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Headlamp Mode
          • Start Up Mode
          • Voltage Reduction Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
            • Charge Indicator Operation
            • Battery Voltage
            • Battery Not Charging Service Charging System
            • Service Battery Charging System
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • Component Locations And Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views (LHD)
      • Power and Grounding Component Views (RHD)
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear C2
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear C2
    • OEM Connector End Views - Automatic Transmission, Horn, Remote Function, Sunroof, Engine Control Module, Engine Controls, HVAC,
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View (Domestic)
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View - Center (Export)
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View - Left (Export)
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (UA6)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCLDR) Connector End View
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Front Sunshade Control Module Connector End View (C3B)
        • Rear Sunshade Control Module Connector End View (C3B)
        • Rear Sunshade Switch Connector End View (C3B)
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View (CF5 or C3B)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (CF5/C3B)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) CMP Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake Bank 2
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View - Bank 1
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View - Bank 2
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View Exhaust Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View Exhaust Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View Intake Bank 1
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View Intake Bank 2
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 1 (LH2)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust Bank 2 (LH2)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake Bank 1 (LH2)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake Bank 2 (LH2)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (LH2)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LH2)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (LH2)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View (LH2)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1 (LH2)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2 (LH2)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1 (LH2)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2 (LH2)
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View Bank 1
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View Bank 2
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (LH2)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (LH2)
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (LH2)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (LY7)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Quality Sensor (AQS) Connector End View - (K14)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (C57)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View - Auxiliary (C57)
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary (C57)
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Rear Auxiliary (C57)
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload/Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views - Displays And Gages, Hydraulic Brake, Vehicle Access, Seat Belt, Automatic Level Control, Mirror, Adjustable Pedal, Lighting Systems, Entertainment/Communication, Window Systems
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Clock Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LH2)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LY7)
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver (LHD)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver (RHD)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger (LHD)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger (RHD)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C6 (RHD)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C7 (DR4)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C4
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C6 (RHD)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C7 (DR4)
        • Liftgate Close Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Handle Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Latch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Side Upper Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Liftgate Side Upper Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Power Liftgate Module Connector End View C1
        • Power Liftgate Module Connector End View C2
        • Power Liftgate Module Connector End View C3
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
      • Automatic Level Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View (F55)
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Connector End View Mirror (ISRVM)
        • Outside Mirror Connector End View - Driver's Side C1 (DR4)
        • Outside Mirror Connector End View - Driver's Side C2
        • Outside Mirror Connector End View - Passenger side
      • Adjustable Pedal Connector End Views
        • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View (JF4)
        • Adjustable Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View (JF4)
        • Adjustable Pedal Motor Connector End View (JF4)
        • Adjustable Pedals Switch Connector End View (JF4)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Center
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Front
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Footwell
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Lift Gate
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Footwell
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear (T79)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear (T79)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Ballast Connector End View - Left (Low Beam w/HID)
        • Headlamp Ballast Connector End View - Right (Low Beam w/HID)
        • Headlamp High Beam Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp High Beam Connector End View - Right
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Connector End View - Front (TR7)
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Connector End View - Rear (TR7)
        • Headlamp Low Beam Connector End View - Left w/o HID
        • Headlamp Low Beam Connector End View - Right w/o HID
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Repeater Lamp Left Connector End View (T90)
        • Repeater Lamp Right Connector End View (T90)
        • Sunload/Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Sunshade Connector End View - Left
        • Sunshade Connector End View - Right
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left (Domestic)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right (Domestic)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export)
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQA) (LHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQA) (RHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQA) (LHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQA) (RHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQA) (LHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQA) (RHD)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQS)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQS)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQS)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C4 (UQS)
        • Auxiliary RCA Video Jacks Connector End View (U42)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View (UQS)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (Domestic)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (Export)
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (Domestic)
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (Export)
        • Radio Connector End View C3 (U42)
        • Radio Connector End View C4
        • Rear Seat Audio Module Connector End View C1 (U42)
        • Rear Seat Audio Module Connector End View C2 (U42)
        • Rear Video Display Connector End View (U42)
        • Rear Window Antenna Module Connector End View - Left
        • Rear Window Antenna Module Connector End View - Right
        • Speaker Connector End View - Center Console (UQS)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Instrument Panel (UQS)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left A-Pillar Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left D-Pillar (UQS)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Subwoofer
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right A-Pillar Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right D-Pillar (UQS)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear Door
        • Traffic Information Receiver Connector End View (U2X)
        • TV Tuner Module Connector End View (U2Y/U2X)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3 (UE1)
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Right Rear
    • OEM Connector End Views - Inline Harness Connectors - C101 Through C210
      • C101 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C102 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
      • C103 I/P Harness to Battery Negative Cable Connector End View
      • C104 Engine Harness to Engine POA Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C105 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (F55)
      • C107 Engine Harness to Starter Harness Connector End View (LH2) (1 Cavity)
      • C108 Engine Harness to Engine POA Harness Connector End View (LY7)
      • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/HID and Leveling)
      • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/HID)
      • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/o HID)
      • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (w/HID and Leveling)
      • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (w/HID)
      • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (w/o HID)
      • C113 Engine Harness to Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C114 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Repeater Lamp Harness Connector End View (w/T90)
      • C115 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Repeater Lamp Harness Connector End View (w/T90)
      • C116 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C116 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C117 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C118 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C120 Engine Harness to Variable Effort Steering (VES) Jumper Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C139 Engine Harness to Left Coil/Module Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C140 Engine Harness to Right Coil/Module Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LH2)
      • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LY7)
      • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C204 I/P Harness to Sun Load Sensor Harness Connector End View
      • C205 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C205 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C207 Body to I/P Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C207 Body to I/P Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C207 Body to I/P Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C208 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Controls Harness Connector End View
      • C209 Body Harness to Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View
      • C210 Body Harness to Cigar Lighter Harness Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views - Inline Harness Connectors - C215 Through C901
      • C215 Body Harness to Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness Connector End View
      • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C301 Driver Seat Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C302 I/P Harness to Shifter Control Harness Connector End View
      • C304 Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
      • C306 Front Passenger Seat Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C307 Body Harness to Front Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
      • C308 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (C3B/CF5) (Domestic)
      • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (C3B/CF5) (Export)
      • C311 Body Harness to Rear Seat Harness Connector End View (AM0)
      • C312 Console Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C313 Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
      • C314 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C315 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (C3B/CF5)
      • C316 Body Harness to Rear Quarter Trim Harness Connector End View
      • C317 Headliner Harness to Courtesy/Reading Lamp Module Harness Connector End View
      • C321 I/P Harness to HVAC Actuator Harness Connector End View
      • C326 Passenger Seat Lumbar Jumper Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (AL2)
      • C401 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C402 Body Harness to RPA Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
      • C402 Body Harness to RPA Harness Connector End View (Export)
      • C403 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C404 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
      • C420 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Harness Connector End View
      • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C502 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C502 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C602 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C602 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Harness Connector End View
      • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View (LHD)
      • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View (RHD)
      • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Harness Connector End View
      • C901 Liftgate Harness to License/Backup/Rear Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View (T79)
      • C901 Liftgate Harness to License/Backup Lamp Harness Connector End View (w/o T79)
    • OEM Connector End Views - Power Outlet, Cooling System, Object Detection, Wiper/Washer, Immobilizer, Power Seat, Theft Deterrent System, Sir, Engine Electrical, Power And Grounding, Electrical Center Identification
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Center Console 1
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Center Console 2
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
      • Object Detection Connector End Views
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - Left Rear Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - Left Rear Middle
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - Right Rear Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - Right Rear Middle
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View (CE4)
        • Heated Washer Nozzle Connector End View - Left (XA7)
        • Heated Washer Nozzle Connector End View - Right (XA7)
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (LHD)
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (RHD)
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Folding Seat Horizontal Motor Assembly Connector End View (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Recline Motor Assembly Connector End View (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Recline Switch Connector End View (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Rotation Motor Assembly Connector End View (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Stow Switch Connector End View - Front (AM0)
        • Folding Seat Stow Switch Connector End View - Rear (AM0)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C1 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C2 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C3 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C4 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C5 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C6 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C7 (A45)
        • Rear Seat Module Connector End View C1 (AM0)
        • Rear Seat Module Connector End View C2 (AM0)
        • Rear Seat Module Connector End View C3 (AM0)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (LHD w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (RHD w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (LHD w/A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (RHD w/A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (LHD)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (RHD)
        • Seat Back Load Floor Position Switch Connector End View (AM0)
        • Seat Back Panel Position Switch Connector End View (AM0)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Seat Lumbar Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AL2)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (UA6)
        • Inclination Sensor Connector End View (UA6)
        • Intrusion Sensor Connector End View (UA6)
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Siren Connector End View (UA6)
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Rollover Sensor Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Starter Connector End View (LY7)
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Left Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Left Rear C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Right Rear - Wire Entry C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Right Rear C2
    • OEM Connector End Views - Splice Pack, Secondary/Configurable Control, Antilock Brake System, Automatic Transmission, Steering Assist, Heated/Cooled Seat, Electronic Suspension Control, Data Communication
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP200 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP300 Connector End View (LHD)
        • Splice Pack SP300 Connector End View (RHD)
        • Splice Pack SP304 Connector End View
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LH2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LY7)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Yaw and Lateral/Long Acceleration Sensor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 16-Way Connector End View
        • 16-Way Transmission Pass-Through Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • TU/TD Assembly Harness Connector End View J1
        • TU/TD Assembly Harness Connector End View J4
        • TU/TD Assembly Harness Connector End View J5
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Input and Output Speed Sensor (ISS/OSS) Connector End View
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector End View
      • Steering Assist Connector End Views
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Cushion Element Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Passenger
        • Heated Seat Cushion Element Connector End View - Passenger
      • Electronic Suspension Control Connector End Views
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module Connector End View (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - Left Front (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - Left Rear (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - Right Front (F55)
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - Right Rear (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - Left Font (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - Left Rear (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - Right Front (F55)
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - Right Rear (F55)
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C5
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C6
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C7
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) End View
        • Rear Body Control Module Connector End View (EXPORT) C1
        • Rear Body Control Module Connector End View (RHD) C2
        • Terminator Resistor Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
        • 3.6L VIN 7
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.6L VIN 7
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Exterior Lights
        • Notes
        • 3.6L VIN 7
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 3.6L VIN 7
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Splice Pack And In-Line Harness Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP200
        • Splice Pack SP300 (LHD)
        • Splice Pack SP300 (RHD)
        • Splice Pack SP304
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C101 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • C102 Engine Harness to I/P Harness
        • C103 I/P Harness to Battery Negative Cable
        • C104 Engine Harness to Engine POA Harness (LH2)
        • C105 Engine Harness to Body Harness (F55)
        • C107 Engine Harness to Starter Harness (LH2) (1 Cavity)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Engine POA Harness (LY7)
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Left (w/HID and Leveling)
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Left (w/HID)
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Left (w/o HID)
        • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Right (w/HID and Leveling)
        • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Right (w/HID)
        • C112 Forward Lamp Harness to Headlamp Assembly - Right (w/o HID)
        • C113 Engine Harness to Forward Lamp Harness (LH2)
        • C114 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Repeater Lamp Harness (w/T90)
        • C115 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Repeater Lamp Harness (w/T90)
        • C116 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C116 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C117 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C118 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C120 Engine Harness to Variable Effort Steering (VES) Jumper Harness (RHD)
        • C139 Engine Harness to Left Coil/Module Harness (LH2)
        • C140 Engine Harness to Right Coil/Module Harness (LH2)
        • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LH2)
        • C175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LY7)
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness (RHD)
        • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness (Domestic)
        • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness (Export)
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness (RHD)
        • C204 I/P Harness to Sun Load Sensor Harness
        • C205 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C205 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C206 Body Harness to I/P Harness (RHD)
        • C207 Body to I/P Harness (Domestic)
        • C207 Body to I/P Harness (Export)
        • C207 Body to I/P Harness (RHD)
        • C208 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Controls Harness
        • C209 Body Harness to Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
        • C210 Body Harness to Cigar Lighter Harness
        • C215 Body Harness to Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness
        • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
        • C301 Driver Seat Harness to Body Harness
        • C302 I/P Harness to Shifter Control Harness
        • C304 Console Harness to I/P Harness
        • C306 Front Passenger Seat Harness to Body Harness
        • C307 Body Harness to Front Passenger Seat Harness
        • C308 Headliner Harness to Body Harness
        • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness (C3B/CF5) (Domestic)
        • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness (C3B/CF5) (Export)
        • C311 Body Harness to Rear Seat Harness (AM0)
        • C312 Console Harness to Body Harness
        • C313 Console Harness to I/P Harness
        • C314 Headliner Harness to Body Harness
        • C315 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness (C3B/CF5)
        • C316 Body Harness to Rear Quarter Trim Harness
        • C317 Headliner Harness to Courtesy/Reading Lamp Module Harness
        • C321 I/P Harness to HVAC Actuator Harness
        • C326 Passenger Seat Lumbar Jumper Harness to Passenger Seat Harness (AL2)
        • C401 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness
        • C402 Body Harness to RPA Harness (Domestic)
        • C402 Body Harness to RPA Harness (Export)
        • C403 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness
        • C404 Liftgate Harness to Body Harness
        • C420 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Harness
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness (LHD)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness (RHD)
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness (LHD)
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness (RHD)
        • C502 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness (LHD)
        • C502 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness (RHD)
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness (LHD)
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness (RHD)
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness (LHD)
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness (RHD)
        • C602 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness (LHD)
        • C602 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness (RHD)
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness (LHD)
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness (RHD)
        • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Harness
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness (LHD)
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness (RHD)
        • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Harness
        • C901 Liftgate Harness to License/Backup/Rear Fog Lamp Harness (T79)
        • C901 Liftgate Harness to License/Backup Lamp Harness (w/o T79)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Data List
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views (LHD)
        • Cooling System Component Views (RHD)
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
          • Cooling Fan - Left
          • Cooling Fan - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0480 or P0481 (with RPO LH2)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0480
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693, or P0694
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1258
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Cooling Fan Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Verification
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative (w/V8)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Verification
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative (w /V6)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Overheating
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Tools Required
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Notes
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Coolant Leak Testing
        • Fan Clutch Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (GE 47716)
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
            • Notes
            • Vac N Fill Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (Static Fill)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
            • Notes
            • Fill Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Surge Tank Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Radiator Surge Tank Inlet Hose/Pipe Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Surge Tank Inlet Hose/Pipe Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Surge Tank Inlet Hose/Pipe Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Surge Tank Outlet Hose/Pipe Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Surge Tank Outlet Hose/Pipe Replacement (LHD, LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Surge Tank Outlet Hose/Pipe Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement (LH2)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement (LH2 - Heavy Duty Cooling)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement (LH2 - Standard Cooling)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Cooling Fan Replacement (LH2 - Heavy Duty Cooling)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Cooling Fan Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Fan Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Outlet Housing Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Outlet Housing Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Inlet Pipe Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Bypass Hose Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Water Pump Replacement (4.6L (LH2) w/RPOs V03/V92)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LH2 - Standard Cooling)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LH2 - Heavy Duty Cooling)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LY7 - Standard Cooling)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (LH2 (KA3))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (LH2 (KO5))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (LY7, KO5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (LH2 (K05,KA3))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (LY7 (KO5))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling Fan Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control - Two Fan System
          • Cooling Fan Control - Three Fan System
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control - Two Fan System
          • Cooling Fan Control - Heavy Duty Cooling
          • Engine Coolant
          • Coolant Warning Messages
          • Coolant Level Control
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
            • Notes
            • Cooling Cycle
              • Notes
              • Coolant
            • Radiator
              • Notes
              • Pressure Cap
              • Surge Tank
              • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
              • Notes
              • Thermostat
              • Engine Oil Heat Exchanger
          • Transmission Oil Cooler-Two Fan System
          • Transmission Oil Cooler-Three Fan System
          • Transmission Oil Cooler Lines
          • Power Steering Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left Side (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left Side (LH2)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right Side (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right Side (LH2)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement - Left Side (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement - Right Side (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Insulator, Hanger, Bracket Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Hanger Mounting Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Tail Pipe Extension Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement - Right Side (LH2)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement - Right Side (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement - Right Side (LH2 With RHD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement - Right Side (LY7 With RHD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement - Left Side (LH2)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement - Left Side (LY7)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement - Center Bearing
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
          • Navigation System
  • Mechanical
    • Engine Mechanical - 3.6L (Ly7) - Specifications And Trouble Shooting
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
        • Thread Repair Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Engine Identification
          • Vehicle Identification Number
          • Engine Traceability Label
          • Engine Verification Label
      • Camshaft Timing Drive Design Identification
        • Notes
        • Third Design
        • Fourth Design
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Camshaft Timing Drive Chain Alignment Diagram (Fourth Design)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
        • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
        • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
        • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
        • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
        • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
        • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
        • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
        • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
        • Engine Noise Under Load
        • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
        • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
        • Coolant in Engine Oil
        • Engine Compression Test
          • Tools Required
        • Cylinder Leakage Test
        • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
        • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
        • Oil Leak Diagnosis
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
          • Crankcase Ventilation (CV) System Inspection
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
        • Drive Belt Chirping, Squeal, and Whine Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Rumbling and Vibration Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Falls Off and Excessive Wear Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
      • Description and Operation
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • Drive Belt System Description
        • Engine Component Description
          • Notes
          • Crankcase
          • Crankshaft
          • Connecting Rods and Pistons
          • Camshaft Drive System
          • Camshaft Position Actuator System
          • Cylinder Heads
          • Induction System
          • Right and Left Bank Designation
        • New Product Information
          • Notes
          • Torque Values and/or Fastener Tightening Strategies
          • Changed Engine Specifications
          • New Sealants and/or Adhesives
          • Disassembly and Assembly Procedure Revisions
          • Engine Mechanical Diagnostic Procedure Revisions
          • New Special Tools Required
          • A Component Comparison from the Previous Year
        • Lubrication Description
        • Cleanliness and Care
        • Separating Parts
        • Replacing Engine Gaskets
          • Gasket Reuse and Applying Sealant
          • Separating Components
          • Cleaning Gasket Surfaces
          • Assembling Components
        • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
          • Sealant Types
          • Anaerobic Type Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) Sealant
          • Anaerobic Type Gasket Eliminator Sealant
          • Anaerobic Type Threadlock Sealant
          • Anaerobic Type Pipe Sealant
        • Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Mechanical - 3.6L (Ly7) - 1 Of 5
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions (Part 1)
        • Drive Belt Replacement - Generator And Water Pump
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Replacement - Power Steering And Air Conditioning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement - Generator And Water Pump
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement - Power Steering And Air Conditioning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Support Fixture
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Right Side (W/AWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Right Side (W/RWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Right Side (W/AWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Right Side (W/RWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Sight Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator And Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Tensioner Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Tensioner Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Shoe Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Shoe Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain And Sprockets Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Intermediate Drive Chain Idler Sprocket Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Replacement - Lower
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Exhaust (2nd Design)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Exhaust (First Design)
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Exhaust (2nd Design)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Exhaust (First Design)
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Intake (First Design)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Intake (2nd Design)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Intake (First Design) !!!!
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Intake (2nd Design)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Setting Camshaft Timing
        • Camshaft Replacement - Left Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Replacement - Right Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal And Valve Spring Replacement - Left Side
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal And Valve Spring Replacement - Right Side
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Engine Mechanical - 3.6L (Ly7) - 2 Of 5
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions (Part 2)
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Suction Pipe and Screen Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions (Part 1)
        • Engine Wiring Harness Assembly Removal
        • Drive Belt Removal
          • Outer Drive Belt
          • Inner Drive Belt
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal - Right Side
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal - Left Side
        • Generator Removal
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Removal
        • Power Steering Pump Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Starter Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left Side
        • Oil Filter Adapter Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right Side (RWD)
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right Side (AWD)
        • Water Outlet Removal
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Intake Manifold Removal
        • Camshaft Cover Removal - Left Side
        • Camshaft Cover Removal - Right Side
        • Water Pump Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Engine Front Cover Removal (Fourth Design)
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Tensioner Removal - Right Side (Fourth Design)
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Shoe Removal - Right Side (Fourth Design)
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Removal - Right Side (Fourth Design)
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Removal - Right Side (Fourth Design)
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Tensioner Removal (Fourth Design)
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Removal - Upper (Fourth Design)
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Removal - Lower (Fourth Design)
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Removal (Fourth Design)
        • Camshaft Intermediate Drive Chain Idler Removal - Right Side (Fourth Design)
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Tensioner Removal - Left Side (Fourth Design)
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Shoe Removal - Left Side (Fourth Design)
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Removal - Left Side (Fourth Design)
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Removal - Left Side (Fourth Design)
        • Camshaft Intermediate Drive Chain Idler Removal - Left Side (Fourth Design)
        • Crankshaft Sprocket Removal (Fourth Design)
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Removal - Left Side Exhaust (Fourth Design)
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Removal - Left Side Intake (Fourth Design)
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Removal - Right Side Exhaust (Fourth Design)
    • Engine Mechanical - 3.6L (Ly7) - 3 Of 5
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions (Part 2)
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Removal - Right Side Intake (Fourth Design)
        • Camshaft Removal - Left Side
          • Tools Required
        • Valve Rocker Arm Removal - Left Side
        • Valve Lifter Removal - Left Side
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Left Side
        • Camshaft Removal - Right Side
          • Tools Required
        • Valve Rocker Arm Removal - Right Side
        • Valve Lifter Removal - Right Side
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Right Side
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft End Play Measurement
          • Crankshaft Removal
          • Crankshaft Bearing Removal
        • Engine Block Disassemble
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Visual Inspection
          • Measuring Cylinder Bore Diameter
          • Measuring Cylinder Bore Taper
          • Measuring Cylinder Bore Out-of-Round
          • Deck Flatness Inspection
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Visual Inspection
          • Crankshaft Bearing Inspection
          • Crankshaft Measurement
            • Tools Required
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Piston Inspection Procedure
          • Piston Measurement Procedure
          • Piston Ring Measurement Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Cleaning Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Visual Inspection Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Measurement Procedure
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
          • Notes
          • Piston and Piston Pin Installation Procedure
          • Piston Ring Installation Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Bearing Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Visual Inspection
          • Cylinder Head Measurement
        • Valve Spring Inspection and Measurement
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Measurement Procedure
        • Valve and Seat Grinding
          • Valve Cleaning Procedure
          • Valve Visual Inspection Procedure
          • Valve Measurement and Reconditioning Overview
          • Valve Seat Width Measurement Procedure
          • Valve Seat Roundness Measurement Procedure
          • Valve Margin Measurement Procedure
          • Valve-to-Seat Concentricity Measurement Procedure
          • Valve and Seat Reconditioning Procedure
          • Valve Stem Height Measurement Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Camshaft Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Visual Inspection
          • Camshaft Measurement
        • Valve Lifters Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arms Cleaning and Inspection
        • Camshaft Timing Drive Components Cleaning and Inspection (Fourth Design)
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Visual Inspection
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Oil Filter Adapter Disassemble
        • Oil Filter Adapter Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter Assemble
        • Oil Pan Disassemble
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Oil Pan Assemble
        • Engine Front Cover Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Assemble
        • Camshaft Cover Disassemble
          • Left Camshaft Cover
          • Right Camshaft Cover
        • Camshaft Cover Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
          • PCV Orifice Replacement
          • PCV Fitting Replacement
        • Camshaft Cover Assemble
          • Notes
          • Left Camshaft Cover
          • Right Camshaft Cover
        • Intake Manifold Disassemble
          • Upper to Lower Intake Manifold Disassemble Procedure
          • Upper Intake Manifold Disassemble Procedure
          • Lower Intake Manifold Disassemble Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
          • Upper Intake Manifold Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Lower Intake Manifold Cleaning Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Assemble
          • Lower Intake Manifold Assemble Procedure
          • Upper Intake Manifold Assemble Procedure
          • Upper to Lower Intake Manifold Assemble Procedure
    • Engine Mechanical - 3.6L (Ly7) - 4 Of 5
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions (Part 3)
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection - Left Side
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection - Right Side
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Thread Repair
          • Notes
          • Standard Thread Repair - Flush Hole
          • Recessed Thread Repair
          • Tapered Pipe Thread Repair
          • Cylinder Head Bolt Hole Thread Repair
          • Crankshaft Main Bolt Hole Thread Repair
          • Outboard Bolt Holes
          • Inboard Bolt Holes
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Engine Block Assemble
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
          • Crankshaft Bearing Installation Procedure
          • Crankshaft Installation Procedure
          • Crankshaft Bearing Clearance Measurement Procedure
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
          • Notes
          • Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance Measurement Procedure - Using Plastic Gaging
          • Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance Measurement Procedure - Using J 43690 and J 43690-100
          • Connecting Rod Final Assembly Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing Installation
        • Oil Pump Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right Side
        • Valve Lifter Installation - Right Side
        • Valve Rocker Arm Installation - Right Side
        • Camshaft Installation - Right Side
          • Tools Required
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left Side
        • Valve Lifter Installation - Left Side
        • Valve Rocker Arm Installation - Left Side
        • Camshaft Installation - Left Side
          • Tools Required
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Installation - Right Side Intake (Fourth Design)
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Installation - Right Side Exhaust (Fourth Design)
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Installation - Left Side Intake (Fourth Design)
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Installation - Left Side Exhaust (Fourth Design)
        • Crankshaft Sprocket Installation (Fourth Design)
          • Tools Required
        • Camshaft Intermediate Drive Chain Idler Installation - Left Side (Fourth Design)
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Installation - Left Side (Fourth Design)
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Installation - Left Side (Fourth Design)
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Shoe Installation - Left Side (Fourth Design)
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Tensioner Installation - Left Side (Fourth Design)
        • Camshaft Intermediate Drive Chain Idler Installation - Right Side (Fourth Design)
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Installation (Fourth Design)
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Installation - Lower (Fourth Design)
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Installation - Upper (Fourth Design)
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Tensioner Installation (Fourth Design)
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Installation - Right Side (Fourth Design)
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Installation - Right Side (Fourth Design)
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Shoe Installation - Right Side (Fourth Design)
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Tensioner Installation - Right Side (Fourth Design)
        • Engine Front Cover Installation (Fourth Design)
          • Tools Required
        • Water Pump Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Camshaft Cover Installation - Left Side
        • Camshaft Cover Installation - Right Side
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left Side
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right Side (RWD)
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right Side (AWD)
    • Engine Mechanical - 3.6L (Ly7) - 5 Of 5
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions (Part 4)
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Installation
        • Water Outlet Installation
        • Starter Installation
        • Power Steering Pump Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Installation
        • Generator Installation
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation - Left Side
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation - Right Side
        • Drive Belt Installation
          • Inner Drive Belt
          • Outer Drive Belt
        • Engine Wiring Harness Assembly Installation
        • Engine Prelubing
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views (LHD)
        • Engine Electrical Component Views (RHD)
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Generator
          • Starter (LY7)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1405
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1424
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1516
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1516 08
            • B1516 66
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1517
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B1517 03
            • B1517 07
            • B1517 5A
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1527
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0895
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0899
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0900
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0616
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0617
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0622
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1668
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LY7 - LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LY7 - RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LH2 - LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LH2 - RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LY7 - LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LY7 - RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LH2 - LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LH2 - RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Ground Strap Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LH2 - AWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LH2 - RWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
          • Charging System Components
            • Generator
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Battery Current Sensor
            • Engine Control Module (ECM)
            • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Charge Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Headlamp Mode
          • Start Up Mode
          • Voltage Reduction Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
            • Charge Indicator Operation
            • Battery Voltage
            • Battery Not Charging Service Charging System
            • Service Battery Charging System
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - SRX
    • Introduction
    • 2004
    • 2005
    • 2006
    • 2007
    • 2008
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 3.6L (Ly7) - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 3.6L (Ly7) - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance - Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • Temperature Versus Resistance - Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C1
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C2
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) CMP - Exhaust Bank 1
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Exhaust Bank 2
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Intake Bank 1
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Intake Bank 2
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Exhaust Bank 1
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Exhaust Bank 2
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Intake Bank 1
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Intake Bank 2
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor
          • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
          • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
          • Fuel Injector 1
          • Fuel Injector 2
          • Fuel Injector 3
          • Fuel Injector 4
          • Fuel Injector 5
          • Fuel Injector 6
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Ignition Coil 1
          • Ignition Coil 2
          • Ignition Coil 3
          • Ignition Coil 4
          • Ignition Coil 5
          • Ignition Coil 6
          • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid
          • Knock Sensor (KS) - Bank 1
          • Knock Sensor (KS) - Bank 2
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Idle Learn Procedure
          • Idle Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Airflow Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Service
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (With CH 48027)
          • Tools Required
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (Without CH 48027)
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Primary Fuel Tank Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Fuel Tank Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Primary Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector and Fuel Rail Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis/Canister
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Operation
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Inlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Intake System Description
          • Notes
          • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Notes
          • Operation
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Coils
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Engine Control Module Description
          • Notes
          • ECM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Theft Deterrent System Frequency Code Programming
          • KS Module
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
          • ECM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
          • Underhood Inspection
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Valve Leak Test
          • EVAP System Components
          • EVAP Canister
          • EVAP Purge Valve
          • EVAP Vent Valve
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • EVAP Service Port
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel Tank
          • On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) System
          • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Modular Fuel Sender
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Sender Strainers
          • In-Line Fuel Filter
          • EVAP Lines and Hoses
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Rail
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pump Relay
          • Engine Fueling
          • Sequential Fuel Injection (SFI)
            • Notes
            • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Shut-Off Mode
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Notes
          • Throttle Body Relearn Procedure
          • TAC System Default Actions/Reduce Power Modes
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 3.6L (Ly7) - DTC P0008 To DTC P0393
      • DTC P0008 or P0009
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088, P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093, P2094, or P2095
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023
          • P2088, P2090, P2092, P2094
          • P2089, P2091, P2093, P2095
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0011, P0014, P0021, or P0024
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0016, P0017, P0018, or P0019
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037, P0038, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0056, P0057, or P0058
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0030, P0036, P0050, and P0056
          • P0031, P0037, P0051, and P0057
          • P0032, P0038, P0052, and P0058
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0100, P0102, or P0103
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0101
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0111, P0112 or P0113
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0111
          • P0112
          • P0113
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0116
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0117 or P0118
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0117
          • P0118
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0119
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221, P0222, or P0223
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0121
          • P0122
          • P0123
          • P0221
          • P0222
          • P0223
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0125 or P0128
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0125
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0131 or P0151
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0132 or P0152
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0133 or P0153
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
        • Action Taken when the DTCs Set
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0134 or P0154
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0135, P0141, P0155, or P0161
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0137, P0138, P0140, P0157, P0158, or P0160
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0137 or P0157
          • P0138 or P0158
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P0273, P0274, P0276, or P0277
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, or P0206
          • P0261, P0264, P0267, P0270, P0273, or P0276
          • P0262, P0265, P0268, P0271, P0274, or P0277
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0300-P0306
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0300
          • P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0324
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • Test One
          • Test Two
          • Test Three
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0326, P0327, P0328, P0331, P0332, or P0333
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • P0326 and P0331
          • P0327 or P0332
          • P0328 or P0333
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0335, P0336, or P0338
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • P0338
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0341, P0342, P0343, P0346, P0347, P0348, P0366, P0367, P0368, P0391, P0392, or P0393
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • P0342, P0347, P0367, P0392
          • P0343, P0348, P0368, P0393
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 3.6L (Ly7) - DTC P0420 To DTC P2010
      • DTC P0420 or P0430
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0442
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0443, P0458, or P0459
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0443
          • P0458
          • P0459
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0446
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0449, P0498, or P0499
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0449
          • P0498
          • P0499
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0451
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0452 or P0453
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0452
          • P0453
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0455
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0496
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0506, P0507, or P050A
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0601
          • P0602
          • P0603
          • P0604
          • P0606
          • P2610
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0601
          • P0602
          • P0603
          • P0604
          • P0606
          • P2610
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0627, P0628, or P0629
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0627
          • P0628
          • P0629
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0638, P2100, P2101, or P2119
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0638
          • P2100
          • P2101
          • P2119
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0642 or P0643
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0650
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0652 or P0653
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0685, P0686, P0687, P0689, or P0690
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0685, P0686, and P0687
          • P0689 and P0690
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0698 or P0699
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0700
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Circuit/System Verification
      • DTC P0864
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1011-P1014
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1380
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1551
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P167D
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Description and Operation
            • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2008, P2009, or P2010
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Description and Operation
            • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 3.6L (Ly7) - DTC P2096 To DTC P2636
      • DTC P2096 or P2098
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2097 or P2099
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2105
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2107
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, or P2138
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P2122
          • P2123
          • P2127
          • P2128
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Description and Operation
            • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2176
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2177, P2179, P2187, or P2189
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P2177 or P2179
          • P2187 or P2189
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2178, 2180, P2188, or P2190
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P2178 or P2180
          • P2188 or P2190
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2227, P2228, or P2229
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • P2228
          • P2229
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2231 or P2234
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2232 or P2235
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2270 or P2272
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2271 or P2273
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310, P2312, P2313, P2315, or P2316
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P2300, P2303, P2306, P2309, P2312, or P2315
          • P2301, P2304, P2307, P2310, P2313, or P2316
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2636
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 3.6L (Ly7) - Trouble Shooting And Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Symptoms Description
        • Symptoms Definition
        • Symptoms Verification
        • Symptoms Testing
        • Additional Symptoms Tests
      • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Tank Leak Test
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (w/o Special Tool)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Description
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (w/ Special Tool)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Description
        • Test Procedure
      • Intake Manifold Runner Control System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Description
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 3.6L (Ly7) - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 3.6L (Ly7) - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance - Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • Temperature Versus Resistance - Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C1
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C2
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) CMP - Exhaust Bank 1
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Exhaust Bank 2
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Intake Bank 1
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Intake Bank 2
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Exhaust Bank 1
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Exhaust Bank 2
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Intake Bank 1
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Intake Bank 2
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor
          • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
          • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
          • Fuel Injector 1
          • Fuel Injector 2
          • Fuel Injector 3
          • Fuel Injector 4
          • Fuel Injector 5
          • Fuel Injector 6
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Ignition Coil 1
          • Ignition Coil 2
          • Ignition Coil 3
          • Ignition Coil 4
          • Ignition Coil 5
          • Ignition Coil 6
          • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid
          • Knock Sensor (KS) - Bank 1
          • Knock Sensor (KS) - Bank 2
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Idle Learn Procedure
          • Idle Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Airflow Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Service
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (With CH 48027)
          • Tools Required
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (Without CH 48027)
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Primary Fuel Tank Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Fuel Tank Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Primary Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector and Fuel Rail Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis/Canister
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Operation
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 1 (Right Side) Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Solenoid Replacement - Bank 2 (Left Side) Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Inlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Intake System Description
          • Notes
          • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Notes
          • Operation
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Coils
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Engine Control Module Description
          • Notes
          • ECM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Theft Deterrent System Frequency Code Programming
          • KS Module
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
          • ECM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
          • Underhood Inspection
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Valve Leak Test
          • EVAP System Components
          • EVAP Canister
          • EVAP Purge Valve
          • EVAP Vent Valve
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • EVAP Service Port
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel Tank
          • On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) System
          • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Modular Fuel Sender
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Sender Strainers
          • In-Line Fuel Filter
          • EVAP Lines and Hoses
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Rail
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pump Relay
          • Engine Fueling
          • Sequential Fuel Injection (SFI)
            • Notes
            • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Shut-Off Mode
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Notes
          • Throttle Body Relearn Procedure
          • TAC System Default Actions/Reduce Power Modes
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 3.6L (Ly7) - DTC P0008 To DTC P0393
      • DTC P0008 or P0009
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023, P2088, P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093, P2094, or P2095
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0010, P0013, P0020, P0023
          • P2088, P2090, P2092, P2094
          • P2089, P2091, P2093, P2095
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0011, P0014, P0021, or P0024
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0016, P0017, P0018, or P0019
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037, P0038, P0050, P0051, P0052, P0056, P0057, or P0058
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0030, P0036, P0050, and P0056
          • P0031, P0037, P0051, and P0057
          • P0032, P0038, P0052, and P0058
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0100, P0102, or P0103
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0101
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0111, P0112 or P0113
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0111
          • P0112
          • P0113
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0116
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0117 or P0118
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0117
          • P0118
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0119
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0121, P0122, P0123, P0221, P0222, or P0223
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0121
          • P0122
          • P0123
          • P0221
          • P0222
          • P0223
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0125 or P0128
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0125
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0131 or P0151
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0132 or P0152
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0133 or P0153
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
        • Action Taken when the DTCs Set
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0134 or P0154
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0135, P0141, P0155, or P0161
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0137, P0138, P0140, P0157, P0158, or P0160
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0137 or P0157
          • P0138 or P0158
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P0273, P0274, P0276, or P0277
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, or P0206
          • P0261, P0264, P0267, P0270, P0273, or P0276
          • P0262, P0265, P0268, P0271, P0274, or P0277
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0300-P0306
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0300
          • P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0324
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • Test One
          • Test Two
          • Test Three
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0326, P0327, P0328, P0331, P0332, or P0333
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • P0326 and P0331
          • P0327 or P0332
          • P0328 or P0333
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0335, P0336, or P0338
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • P0338
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0341, P0342, P0343, P0346, P0347, P0348, P0366, P0367, P0368, P0391, P0392, or P0393
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • P0342, P0347, P0367, P0392
          • P0343, P0348, P0368, P0393
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 3.6L (Ly7) - DTC P0420 To DTC P2010
      • DTC P0420 or P0430
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0442
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0443, P0458, or P0459
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0443
          • P0458
          • P0459
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0446
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0449, P0498, or P0499
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0449
          • P0498
          • P0499
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0451
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0452 or P0453
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0452
          • P0453
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0455
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0496
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0506, P0507, or P050A
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0601
          • P0602
          • P0603
          • P0604
          • P0606
          • P2610
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0601
          • P0602
          • P0603
          • P0604
          • P0606
          • P2610
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0627, P0628, or P0629
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0627
          • P0628
          • P0629
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0638, P2100, P2101, or P2119
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0638
          • P2100
          • P2101
          • P2119
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0642 or P0643
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0650
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0652 or P0653
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0685, P0686, P0687, P0689, or P0690
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0685, P0686, and P0687
          • P0689 and P0690
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0698 or P0699
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0700
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Circuit/System Verification
      • DTC P0864
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1011-P1014
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1380
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1551
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P167D
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Description and Operation
            • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2008, P2009, or P2010
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Description and Operation
            • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 3.6L (Ly7) - DTC P2096 To DTC P2636
      • DTC P2096 or P2098
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2097 or P2099
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2105
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2107
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, or P2138
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P2122
          • P2123
          • P2127
          • P2128
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Description and Operation
            • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2176
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2177, P2179, P2187, or P2189
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P2177 or P2179
          • P2187 or P2189
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2178, 2180, P2188, or P2190
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P2178 or P2180
          • P2188 or P2190
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2227, P2228, or P2229
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • P2228
          • P2229
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2231 or P2234
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2232 or P2235
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2270 or P2272
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2271 or P2273
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310, P2312, P2313, P2315, or P2316
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P2300, P2303, P2306, P2309, P2312, or P2315
          • P2301, P2304, P2307, P2310, P2313, or P2316
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2636
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 3.6L (Ly7) - Trouble Shooting And Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Symptoms Description
        • Symptoms Definition
        • Symptoms Verification
        • Symptoms Testing
        • Additional Symptoms Tests
      • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Tank Leak Test
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (w/o Special Tool)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Description
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (w/ Special Tool)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Description
        • Test Procedure
      • Intake Manifold Runner Control System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Description
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 3.6L
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Diagnostic Instructions
      • Description
      • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
      • Circuit/System Verification
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC Index
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Decimal and Metric Equivalents
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 5L40-E/5L50-E M82 Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 6L50/6L80/6L90 Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.6L LY7 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4.6 LH2 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Placard, Anti-Theft, and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
              • Notes
              • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
              • Notes
              • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Floor Jacks
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rail Reinforcements
            • Under the Engine Front Crossmember Frame
          • Jack Stands
            • Under the Frame Rail Reinforcements
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Decimal and Metric Equivalents
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 5L40-E/5L50-E M82 Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 6L50/6L80/6L90 Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.6L LY7 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4.6 LH2 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Placard, Anti-Theft, and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
              • Notes
              • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
              • Notes
              • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Floor Jacks
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rail Reinforcements
            • Under the Engine Front Crossmember Frame
          • Jack Stands
            • Under the Frame Rail Reinforcements
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
    • Vehicle Diagnostic Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle
        • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
        • Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
          • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
        • Symptoms - Vehicle
          • General Information
          • Body Systems
          • Brakes
          • Driveline/Axle
          • Driver Information and Entertainment
          • Engine
          • HVAC
          • Power and Signal Distribution
          • Roof
          • Safety and Security
          • Seats
          • Steering
          • Suspension
          • Transmission/Transaxle
        • Diagnostic Repair Verification
      • Description and Operation
        • DTC Symptom Description
          • Notes
          • DTC Symptom Categories
          • DTC Symptom Subtypes
            • Notes
            • Example
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Specifications
        • Driveline Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tools Required
          • Tire Rotational Speed
            • Determining Tire Revolutions Per Second at 8 km/h (5 mph) - Using EVA
              • Notes
              • Calculating Tire Revolutions Per Second at 8 km/h (5 mph) - Without EVA
          • Calculating Tire Revolutions Per Second, or Hz at Concern Speed
          • Calculating Propeller Shaft Revolutions Per Second, or Hz at Concern Speed
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Driveline
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult to System Balance the Driveline
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Non-Torque Sensitive)
          • Tools Required
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Torque Sensitive)
          • Tools Required
        • Transfer Case Output Flange Runout Measurement
          • Tools Required
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Measurement
        • Torque Tube Input Flange Runout Measurement
          • Tools Required
        • Pinion Flange Runout Measurement
          • Notes
          • System Balanced Flange
          • Non-System Balanced Flange
        • Differential Pinion Input Shaft Runout Measurement
          • Tools Required
        • Driveline Working Angles Measurement
          • Notes
          • Measurement Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Inspection
          • Tools Required
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
              • Notes
              • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
              • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
          • Tools Required
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Using EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure Using EVA
            • Notes
            • Adjustment Procedure Without EVA
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Without EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline Working Angles Adjustment
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
          • One Piece Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
          • Multiple-Piece Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • EVA Vibration Sensor
              • Notes
              • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
            • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Warnings And Cautions
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Breathing R-134a Caution
        • Camshaft Holding Tool Caution
        • Checking Hot Transmission Fluid through Drain Plug Hole Caution
        • Collision Sectioning Caution
        • Compressed Valve Spring Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Exhaust Service Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound Deadeners Caution
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors in Evaporative Emission Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles and Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles and Fuel Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Dual Stage Inflator Module Handling Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Side Impact Sensor Handling Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Avoid Chipping or Scratching the Coating Notice
        • Ball Stud Removal Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Catalytic Converter Movement Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Clutch Hydraulic System Lubricant Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Correct Sealing Strategy Notice
        • Disengaging Connectors Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex Decoupler Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling Idle Air Control Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Resistance Learn Reset Notice
        • Ignition OFF When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • J 35616-A Connector Test Adapter Kit Notice
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Pin Reuse Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Powertrain Control Module and Electrostatic Discharge Notice
        • Retaining Ring Reuse Notice
        • Seal Reuse Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Steering Column in Lock Position Notice
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Notice
        • Steering Wheel Straight and Column Locked Notice
        • Test Lamp to Test Continuity Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Three-Way Catalytic Converter Damage Notice
        • Torque Reaction Against Timing Drive Chain Notice
        • Torque to Yield Bolts Notice
        • Transfer Case Bearing Removal Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
        • Window Edge Damage Notice
  • Reset Procedures
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure (2 Of 2)
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
          • Navigation System
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Indicators
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Relearn
          • Notes
          • Preferred Scan Tool Learn Mode
          • Alternate Keyless Entry Transmitter or DIC Learn Enable Method
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Notes
          • Sensor Removal
          • Sensor Installation
      • Torque Specifications
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Decimal and Metric Equivalents
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 5L40-E/5L50-E M82 Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 6L50/6L80/6L90 Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.6L LY7 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4.6 LH2 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Placard, Anti-Theft, and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
              • Notes
              • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
              • Notes
              • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Floor Jacks
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rail Reinforcements
            • Under the Engine Front Crossmember Frame
          • Jack Stands
            • Under the Frame Rail Reinforcements
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Removal & Installation
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel
          • Removal & Installation
        • Windshield Wiper Arms
          • Removal
          • Installation
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation, And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (LH2 - Heavy Duty Cooling)
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (LH2 - Standard Cooling)
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (w/C57 - Heavy Duty Cooling)
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (LY7 - w/o C57 - Standard Cooling)
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Auxiliary Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging (Non HP2)
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing (w/Auxiliary A/C)
          • Notes
          • Forward Flushing Setup
          • Reverse Flushing Setup
          • Flush Procedure - Front System
          • Flush Procedure - Auxiliary A/C System
        • Flushing (w/o Auxiliary A/C)
          • Notes
          • Forward Flushing Setup
          • Reverse Flushing Setup
          • Flush Procedure
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (LH2 - Heavy Duty Cooling)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (LH2 - Standard Cooling)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Line/Tube Connector Removal/Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Tube Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Discharge Hose Replacement (LH2/HD Cooling)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Discharge Hose Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Hose Replacement (LH2 w/o C57)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Hose Replacement (LY7 w/o C57)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Pipe Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liquid Line Replacement (w/C57)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Relay Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Refrigerant Desiccant Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Tools required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement (Heavy Duty Cooling)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement (Standard Cooling)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator and Blower Module Drain Hose Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator and Blower Module Drain Hose Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Outlet Hose Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Inlet Hose/Pipe and Heater Outlet Hose/Pipe Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Housing Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Housing Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Assembly Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Assembly Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Replacement - Left Side (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Replacement - Left Side (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Center Air Outlet Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Center Air Outlet Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Replacement - Right Side (Left Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Replacement - Right Side (Right Hand Drive)
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Upper Duct Replacement - Left Side (Left Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Upper Duct Replacement - Left Side (Right Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Upper Duct Replacement - Right Side (Left Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Upper Duct Replacement - Right Side (Right Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Defroster Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Left Side (Left Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Left Side (Right Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Resistor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Air Conditioning Evaporator Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary HVAC Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Air Conditioning Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Air Conditioning Evaporator Front Tube Replacement (Discharge Line)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Air Conditioning Evaporator Rear Tube Replacement (Liquid Line)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC System - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views (LHD)
        • HVAC Component Views (RHD)
        • HVAC Connector End Views
          • A/C Compressor Clutch (LH2)
          • A/C Compressor Clutch (LY7)
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Air Quality Sensor (AQS) - (K14)
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Left
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Right
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Blower Motor
          • Blower Motor - Auxiliary (C57)
          • Blower Motor Control Module C1
          • Blower Motor Control Module C2
          • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly - Auxiliary (C57)
          • Blower Motor Switch - Front Auxiliary (C57)
          • Blower Motor Switch - Rear Auxiliary (C57)
          • Evaporator Temperature Sensor
          • HVAC Control Module C1
          • HVAC Control Module C2
          • HVAC Control Module C3
          • Inside Air Temperature Sensor
          • Mode Actuator
          • Recirculation Actuator
          • Sunload/Ambient Light Sensor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Air Quality Calibration Offset
        • Exhaust Odor Inside Vehicle
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0158 or B0163
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0158
            • B0163
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0183 or B0188
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0248, B0268, B0408, B0413, B0418, B0423, B3761, or B3773
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2496 or B3843
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3933
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0532 or P0533
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0645, P0646, or P0647
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0645
            • P0646
            • P0647
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Blower Controller
            • Air Speed
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Afterblow Enabling
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Temperature Valve Actuator Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Temperature Valve Actuator Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Aspirator Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Aspirator Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outside Air Quality Sensor Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sun Load Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Switch Replacement (Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Switch Replacement (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Mode Actuator
            • Recirculation Actuator
            • Blower Motor Relay
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Air Speed
            • Notes
            • Afterblow
          • Auxiliary Air Speed
          • Air Distribution
          • Recirculation
          • Automatic Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Air Temperature Actuators
            • Air Temperature Sensors
            • Sunload Sensor
            • Evaporator Temperature Sensor
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Air Quality Sensor (RPO K14)
          • Heating and A/C Operation
            • Notes
            • Dual Zone Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
          • Navigation System
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views (LHD)
        • SIR Component Views (RHD)
        • SIR Identification Views
        • SIR Connector End Views
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor - Left
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor - Right
          • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C2
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Indicator
          • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Left (AY0)
          • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Right (AY0)
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) - Right
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner - Left
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner - Right
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Left
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Right
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) - Left
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) - Right
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C1
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C2
          • Rollover Sensor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0012 or B0013
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0012 01 Stage 1 or B0013 01 Stage 2
            • B0012 02 Stage 1 or B0013 02 Stage 2
            • B0012 04 Stage 1 or B0013 04 Stage 2
            • B0012 0D Stage 1 or B0013 0D Stage 2
            • B0012 0E Stage 1 or B0013 0E Stage 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0014-B0045
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0014 01, B0015 01, OR B0016 01, B0019 01 Stage 1, B0020 01 Stage 2, B0021 01, B0022 01, B0023 01
            • B0014 02, B0015 02, OR B0016 02, B0019 02 Stage 1, B0020 02 Stage 2, B0021 02, B0022 02, B0023 02
            • B0014 04, B0015 04, OR B0016 04, B0019 04 Stage 1, B0020 04 Stage 2, B0021 04, B0022 04, B0023 04
            • B0014 0D, B0015 0D, OR B0016 0D, B0019 0D Stage 1, B0020 0D Stage 2, B0021 0D, B0022 0D, B0023 0D
            • B0014 0E, B0015 0E, OR B0016 0E, B0019 0E Stage 1, B0020 0E Stage 2, B0021 0E, B0022 0E, B0023 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0052 or B0053
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0056
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0057
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0058
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0071
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0074
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0080
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0080 01
            • B0080 02
            • B0080 04
            • B0080 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0081
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0083 or B0084
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0085 or B0086
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0090
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1001 (ROS)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1001 (SDM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1011
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
        • DTC B1019
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1370
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1370 01
            • B1370 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Passenger Presence System Preload Test
          • Introduction
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Passenger Presence System Preload System Test Procedure (New Module)
          • Passenger Presence System Preload System Test Procedure (Existing Module)
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Passenger Presence System Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling
          • Notes
          • SIR Service Precautions
          • General Service Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Vehicle Rollover Sensor Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver and Passenger Seat Side Inflatable Restraint Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Pretensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Accident With Frontal Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Accident With Side Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Live (Undeployed) Inflator Module
          • Dual Stage Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle (Steering Wheel Module, I/P Module, Roof Rail Module, and Side Impact Module)
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle (Vehicle Scrapping Procedure)
        • Pretensioner Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Inside the Vehicle
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle for Seat Belt Pretensioners
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • Side SIR System Description (Front)
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS)
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensors (SPS)
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Sensor
          • Inflatable Restraint Vehicle Rollover Sensor
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensors
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS)
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harnesses
          • Seat Belt Pretensioner
          • Steering Wheel and Column
          • Driver and Passenger Knee Bolsters
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
          • Seat Belt Switch - Left
          • Seat Belt Switch - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Does Not Retract
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Latch Stop Installation
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 1 Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 1 Rear Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Belt Buckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roller Replacement - Front Seat Belt
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Rear Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
            • Notes
            • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator (ISO Symbol) (Red)
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
          • Seat Belt Switch - Left
          • Seat Belt Switch - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Does Not Retract
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Latch Stop Installation
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 1 Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 1 Rear Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Belt Buckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roller Replacement - Front Seat Belt
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Rear Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
            • Notes
            • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator (ISO Symbol) (Red)
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering
    • Variable Effort Steering System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Steering Assist Schematic Icons
        • Steering Assist Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Assist Component Views (LHD)
        • Steering Assist Component Views (RHD)
        • Steering Assist Connector End Views
          • Steering Angle Sensor
          • Variable Effort Steering Actuator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Variable Effort Steering
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0450
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Description and Operation
        • Variable Effort Steering System Description and Operation
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Steering System Bleeding
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering System Flushing
        • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Pulley Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Bracket Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Bracket Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement (Inlet/Outlet With V92)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement (Outlet With or Without V92)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Fluid Cooler Replacement (LH2 or LY7 With V92)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Fluid Cooler Replacement (LY7 W/O V92)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Outlet Hose Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Outlet Hose Replacement (LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (Left Hand Drive LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (Left Hand Drive LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (Right Hand Drive LH2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (Right Hand Drive LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Solenoid/Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Power Steering System Test
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
      • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Power Steering System Bleeding
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Power Steering System Flushing
      • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement (LH2)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Pulley Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (LH2)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Bracket Replacement (LH2)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Bracket Replacement (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement (Inlet/Outlet With V92)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement (Outlet With or Without V92)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Fluid Cooler Replacement (LH2 or LY7 With V92)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Fluid Cooler Replacement (LY7 W/O V92)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LH2)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Outlet Hose Replacement (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Outlet Hose Replacement (LH2)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (Left Hand Drive LH2)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (Left Hand Drive LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (Right Hand Drive LH2)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (Right Hand Drive LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Solenoid/Actuator Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Gear Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Gear Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Seal Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Seal Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Upper Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Center
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Repairing Scratched Wood Steering Wheels
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Inner Race Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Wiring Harness Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security, Found on Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Electronic Suspension
    • Suspension Control System - Suspension Damping
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Electronic Suspension Control Schematic Icons
        • Electronic Suspension Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Electronic Suspension Control Component Views
        • Electronic Suspension Control Connector End Views
          • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module (F55)
          • Suspension Damper - Left Front (F55)
          • Suspension Damper - Left Rear (F55)
          • Suspension Damper - Right Front (F55)
          • Suspension Damper - Right Rear (F55)
          • Suspension Position Sensor - Left Font (F55)
          • Suspension Position Sensor - Left Rear (F55)
          • Suspension Position Sensor - Right Front (F55)
          • Suspension Position Sensor - Right Rear (F55)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Electronic Suspension Control
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Scan Tool Data Definitions:
        • DTC C0558
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0575, C0580, C0585, or C0590
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0615, C0620, C0625 or C0630
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0696
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Electronic Suspension Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Suspension Front Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Suspension Rear Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Suspension Control Description and Operation
          • Electronic Suspension Control Description
          • Electronic Suspension Control Module
          • Electronic Suspension Control Position Sensors
          • Electronic Suspension Control Shock Absorber or Strut
          • Electronic Suspension Control Operation
    • Suspension Control System - Suspension Leveling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Level Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Level Control Component Views
        • Automatic Level Control Connector End Views
          • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor (F55)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Level Control
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Automatic Level Control Scan Tool Data Definitions:
        • DTC C0660
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0712
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Symptoms - Automatic Level Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Compressor Leak Test
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedures
        • Automatic Level Control System Leak Test
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedures
        • Rear of Vehicle High
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Rear of Vehicle Low
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Suspension Position Calibration
          • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Trimset Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Air Compressor Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Sensor and Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Sensor and Bracket Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Compressor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Level Control Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Bearing and Hub Replacement (AWD)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Bearing and Hub Replacement (RWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber and Spring Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock, Shock Component, and/or Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Module Yoke Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Suspension Strut and Shock Absorber Testing - On Vehicle
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Measuring The P And R Dimension
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Wheel Bearing and Hub Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knuckle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Coil Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coil Spring Insulators Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailing Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Mount Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustment Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Suspension Strut and Shock Absorber Testing - On Vehicle
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Measuring The P And R Dimension
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment System
    • Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Wheel Alignment Measurement
      • Front Caster and Camber Adjustment
      • Front Toe Adjustment
      • Rear Camber Adjustment
        • Tools Required
      • Rear Toe Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Caster Description
      • Camber Description
      • Toe Description
      • Setback Description
      • Thrust Angles Description
      • Lead/Pull Description
      • Memory Steer Description
      • Wander Description
      • Scrub Radius Description
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0569
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760, or C0765
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0775
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Replacement (Snap In Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
          • Notes
          • Learn Mode Description
            • Notes
            • Sensor Functions Using Pressure Increase/Decrease Method
            • Sensor Functions Using J-46079
            • Learn Mode Cancellation
          • TPM Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
          • Notes
          • External Inspection
          • Internal Inspection
          • Cleaning
          • Clean the Injury Channel
          • Fill the Injury
          • Repair Unit Selection
          • Buffing
          • Cementing
          • Repair Unit Application
          • Safety Cage
          • Final Inspection
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
        • Spare Wheel Hoist Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • Tire Chain Usage Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E/5L50-E - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
        • Notes
        • Type A
          • Notes
          • Type B
          • Type C
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E/5L50-E - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • End Play Specifications (5L40-E)
        • End Play Specifications (5L50-E)
        • Clutch Piston Travel Specifications
        • Clutch Plate Selection Specifications
        • Reverse Clutch Housing Selective Thrust Washer Specifications
        • Intermediate and Overdrive Clutch Housing Retaining Ring Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Pump Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Ball Check Valve Locations
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
          • Engine Side to Transmission Side
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Input Speed Sensor, Wiring Harness Side
          • Output Speed Sensor, Wiring Harness Side
          • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM), Engine Side
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
          • Transmission Control Lever Knob Replacement
          • Automatic Transmission Control Indicator Replacement
          • Automatic Transmission Control Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
          • Automatic Transmission Control Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
          • Shift Control Linkage Adjustment (Rear Wheel Drive)
          • Shift Control Linkage Adjustment (All Wheel Drive)
          • Shift Control Linkage Replacement (RWD)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Shift Control Linkage Replacement (AWD)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Clutch/Cruise Control Release Switch Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Clutch/Cruise Control Release Switch Adjustment
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid and Filter Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Quick-Connect Fitting Disconnection and Connection
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement (RWD)
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement (AWD)
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Pipe Replacement - Front
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Pipe Replacement - Rear (w/AWD)
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Pipe Replacement - Rear (w/RWD)
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Cooler Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Test Hole Plug Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Internal Electrical Harness Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Drive Flange and Seal Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Extension Housing and Seal Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Parking Pawl Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Manual Shift Shaft Position Switch Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Input Speed Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Output Speed Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 4-5 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Control Module Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Fluid Seal Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Inspection
          • Transmission Rear Mount Replacement (AWD)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Rear Mount Replacement (RWD)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Replacement (LH2)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
            • Transmission Final Test and Inspection
          • Transmission Replacement (LY7)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
            • Transmission Final Test and Inspection
        • Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
          • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
          • Holding Fixture Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Transmission Fluid Draining
            • Tools Required
          • Extension Housing Removal
          • Transmission Fluid Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
          • Wiring Harness Removal
          • Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly Removal
          • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Removal
          • Input Speed Sensor Removal
          • Torque Converter Housing Removal
          • Direct and Reverse and Forward and Coast Clutch Removal
          • Input Sun Gear Shaft Removal
          • Direct Clutch Hub Removal
          • Intermediate Clutch Sprag Assembly Removal
          • Overdrive Clutch Housing Removal
            • Tools Required
          • Low Clutch Sprag Removal
          • Center Support Removal
            • Tools Required
          • Input and Reaction Carrier Removal
          • Output Shaft Removal
          • Parking System Components Removal
          • Case Assembly Inspection
          • Case Components Disassemble
          • Case Components Assemble
          • Parking System Components Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Output Shaft and Rear Internal Ring Gear Disassemble
          • Output Shaft and Rear Internal Ring Gear Assemble
          • Input and Reaction Carrier Disassemble
          • Input and Reaction Carrier Assemble
            • Tools Required
          • Center Support Disassemble
            • Tools Required
          • Center Support Assemble
          • Low Clutch Sprag Assemble
          • Overdrive and Intermediate Clutch Disassemble
          • Overdrive and Intermediate Clutch Assemble
          • Intermediate Clutch Sprag Inspection
          • Intermediate Clutch Sprag Assemble
            • Tools Required
          • Direct Clutch Hub Assemble
          • Input Sun Gear Shaft Disassemble
          • Input Sun Gear Shaft Assemble
          • Forward and Coast Clutch Disassemble
            • Tools Required
          • Forward and Coast Clutch Assemble
          • Direct and Reverse Clutch Disassemble
          • Direct and Reverse Clutch Assemble
          • Direct and Reverse and Forward and Coast Clutch Installation
          • Transmission Fluid Pump Removal
          • Transmission Fluid Pump Disassemble
          • Torque Converter Seal Removal
            • Tools Required
          • Transmission Fluid Pump Assemble
            • Tools Required
          • Torque Converter Housing Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Torque Converter Seal Installation
          • Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly Disassemble
          • Control Valve Rear Body Inspection
          • Control Valve Rear Body Disassemble
          • Control Valve Rear Body Assemble
          • Control Valve Front Body Inspection
          • Control Valve Front Body Disassemble
          • Control Valve Front Body Assemble
          • Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly Assemble
          • Input Speed Sensor Installation
          • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Installation
          • Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly Installation
          • Wiring Harness Installation
          • Transmission Fluid Pan and Filter Assembly Installation
          • Extension Housing Installation (5L40-E/5L50-E 2WD)
            • Tools Required
          • Extension Housing Installation (5L40-E/5L50-E AWD)
            • Tools Required
          • Prop Flange Assemble
            • Tools Required
          • Holding Fixture Removal
          • Torque Converter Assembly Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Driver Shift Control
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
          • Notes
          • Shift Adapt Relearn Procedure
          • Coast Downshift Adapt Procedure
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM)
          • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly (602)
          • Automatic Transmission Output Speed (A/T OSS) Sensor (42)
          • Automatic Transmission Input Speed (A/T ISS) Sensor (44)
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor
          • Shift Solenoid Valves
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve (352)
          • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (357)
            • Notes
            • Duty Cycle, Frequency and Current Flow
              • Notes
              • Transmission Adapt Function
          • Floor Shift Control
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
        • Limp Home Mode Description
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Torque Converter - Released Position Only
            • Safety Mode:
            • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift
            • Park Engine Running - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
            • Low and Reverse Clutch Applies
            • Reverse Clutch Applies
            • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for TCC Apply
            • Reverse - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Neutral - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Reverse Clutch Releases
            • Low and Reverse Clutch Releases
            • Neutral Engine Running - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (Before First 1-2 Shift)
            • Notes
            • Forward Clutch Applies
            • Coast Clutch Applies
            • Low and Reverse Clutch Applies
            • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift to Second Gear
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear (Before First 1-2 Shift) - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (After First 1-2 Shift)
            • Notes
            • Forward Clutch Applies
            • Coast Clutch Applies
            • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift to Second Gear
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Second Clutch Applies
            • Shift Accumulator
            • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift to Third Gear
            • Torque Converter Clutch Released
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Intermediate Clutch Applies
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Torque Converter Clutch Released
            • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift to Fourth Gear
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear
            • Notes
            • Direct Clutch Applies
            • 3-4 Shift Accumulation
            • Coast Clutch Feed
            • Torque Converter Clutch Released
            • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift to Fifth Gear
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fifth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Released
            • Notes
            • Overdrive Clutch Applied
            • 4-5 Shift Accumulation
            • Coast Clutch Releases
            • Torque Converter Clutch Released
            • Overdrive Range, Fifth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Released - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fifth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied
            • Notes
            • Overdrive Range, Fifth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Fourth Gear
            • Notes
            • Overdrive Clutch Releases
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Coast Clutch Applies
            • Manual Fourth Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Overdrive Clutch Applies
            • Direct Clutch Releases
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Manual Third Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Second Coast Clutch Applied
            • Overdrive Clutch Releases
            • Intermediate Clutch Releases
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Manual Second Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second - First Gear
            • Notes
            • Low and Reverse Clutch Applied
            • Second Clutch and Second Coast Clutch Release
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Manual Second - First Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E/5L50-E - DTC P0115 To DTC P0815
      • DTC P0115
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0120
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0218
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0500
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0562
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0563
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, or P062F
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0711
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 3
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0712
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0713
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0716
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0717
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0722
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0723
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0727
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0741
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0742
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0748
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0751
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0752
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0756
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0757
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0761
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0762
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0815
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
    • Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E/5L50-E - DTC P0816 To DTC P2637
      • DTC P0816
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0826
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0850
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0897
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0973
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0974
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0976
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0977
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0979
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0980
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1793
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P1820
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1822
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1823
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1825
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1826
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1831
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/DIC
      • DTC P1832
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/DIC
      • DTC P1833
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P1834
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P1876
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P1915
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2534
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2544
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2637
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2763
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2764
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E/5L50-E - DTC P2763 To DTC P2764
      • DTC P2763
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2764
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E/5L50-E - Service, Diagnosis & Trouble Shooting
      • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
      • TAP Shift Circuit Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
      • Bushing and Mating Shaft Inspection
      • Transmission Fluid Check
      • Line Pressure Check
      • Road Test
        • Notes
        • Electrical Function Check
        • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
        • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
        • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
        • Manual Downshifts
        • Coasting Downshifts
        • Manual Gear Range Selection
        • Driver Shift Control
      • Torque Converter Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • Torque Converter Stator
        • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
        • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
        • Noise
        • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
        • If Shudder Occurs During TCC Apply or Release
        • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
      • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
        • Isolating Vibration
        • Indexing Torque Converter
      • Noise and Vibration Analysis
      • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
      • Whine Noise Varying with RPM or Fluid Pressure
      • Popping Noise
      • Noise in Random Ranges
      • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
        • Composition Plates
        • Steel Plates
        • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
      • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
      • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • General Method
        • Powder Method
        • Dye and Black Light Method
        • Find the Cause of the Leak
        • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
      • Case Porosity Repair
      • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
      • Transmission Fluid Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 35944A)
        • Notes
        • Preparation
        • Back Flush
        • Forward Flush
        • Flow Test
        • Clean-up
      • Transmission Fluid Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 45096)
        • Notes
        • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
        • Machine Set-up
        • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
        • Back Flush Procedure
        • Forward Flush
        • Flow Test
        • Code Recording Procedure
        • Clean-up
      • Slips or Shudders in First Gear
      • No Drive in All Ranges
      • No First Gear
      • First Gear Only
      • No Second Gear
      • First and Second Gears Only
      • First, Fourth, and Fifth Gears Only
      • Second and Third Gears Only
      • No Third Gear
      • No Fourth Gear, or Slips in Fourth Gear
      • Fifth Gear Only
      • Harsh Shift 4 to 5, or 5 to 4
      • Harsh Shift D to R
      • Harsh Shifts
      • Harsh Torque Converter Clutch Apply
      • No Engine Braking in First, Second, and Third Gear
      • No Engine Braking in First Gear
      • No Engine Braking in Second Gear
      • No Engine Braking in Third Gear
      • Inaccurate Shift Points
      • No Fifth Gear
      • No Reverse or Slips in Reverse
      • Slips while Shifting
      • Degraded 1-2 and 2-1 Shifts
      • Degraded 2-3 and 3-2 Shifts
      • Degraded 4-5 Shift
      • Drives with Selector Lever in Position N
      • No Engagement of Torque Converter Clutch
      • Fluid Pressure High or Low
      • No Engine Braking
      • Automatic Transmission Overheating
    • Shift Interlock System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Shift Lock Control Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • DTC B2705
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E/5L50-E - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • End Play Specifications (5L40-E)
        • End Play Specifications (5L50-E)
        • Clutch Piston Travel Specifications
        • Clutch Plate Selection Specifications
        • Reverse Clutch Housing Selective Thrust Washer Specifications
        • Intermediate and Overdrive Clutch Housing Retaining Ring Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Pump Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Ball Check Valve Locations
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
          • Engine Side to Transmission Side
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Input Speed Sensor, Wiring Harness Side
          • Output Speed Sensor, Wiring Harness Side
          • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM), Engine Side
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
          • Transmission Control Lever Knob Replacement
          • Automatic Transmission Control Indicator Replacement
          • Automatic Transmission Control Replacement (Left Hand Drive)
          • Automatic Transmission Control Replacement (Right Hand Drive)
          • Shift Control Linkage Adjustment (Rear Wheel Drive)
          • Shift Control Linkage Adjustment (All Wheel Drive)
          • Shift Control Linkage Replacement (RWD)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Shift Control Linkage Replacement (AWD)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Clutch/Cruise Control Release Switch Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Clutch/Cruise Control Release Switch Adjustment
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid and Filter Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Quick-Connect Fitting Disconnection and Connection
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement (RWD)
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement (AWD)
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Pipe Replacement - Front
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Pipe Replacement - Rear (w/AWD)
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Pipe Replacement - Rear (w/RWD)
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Cooler Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Test Hole Plug Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Internal Electrical Harness Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Drive Flange and Seal Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Extension Housing and Seal Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Parking Pawl Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Manual Shift Shaft Position Switch Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Input Speed Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Output Speed Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 4-5 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Control Module Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Fluid Seal Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Inspection
          • Transmission Rear Mount Replacement (AWD)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Rear Mount Replacement (RWD)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Replacement (LH2)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
            • Transmission Final Test and Inspection
          • Transmission Replacement (LY7)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
            • Transmission Final Test and Inspection
        • Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
          • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
          • Holding Fixture Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Transmission Fluid Draining
            • Tools Required
          • Extension Housing Removal
          • Transmission Fluid Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
          • Wiring Harness Removal
          • Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly Removal
          • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Removal
          • Input Speed Sensor Removal
          • Torque Converter Housing Removal
          • Direct and Reverse and Forward and Coast Clutch Removal
          • Input Sun Gear Shaft Removal
          • Direct Clutch Hub Removal
          • Intermediate Clutch Sprag Assembly Removal
          • Overdrive Clutch Housing Removal
            • Tools Required
          • Low Clutch Sprag Removal
          • Center Support Removal
            • Tools Required
          • Input and Reaction Carrier Removal
          • Output Shaft Removal
          • Parking System Components Removal
          • Case Assembly Inspection
          • Case Components Disassemble
          • Case Components Assemble
          • Parking System Components Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Output Shaft and Rear Internal Ring Gear Disassemble
          • Output Shaft and Rear Internal Ring Gear Assemble
          • Input and Reaction Carrier Disassemble
          • Input and Reaction Carrier Assemble
            • Tools Required
          • Center Support Disassemble
            • Tools Required
          • Center Support Assemble
          • Low Clutch Sprag Assemble
          • Overdrive and Intermediate Clutch Disassemble
          • Overdrive and Intermediate Clutch Assemble
          • Intermediate Clutch Sprag Inspection
          • Intermediate Clutch Sprag Assemble
            • Tools Required
          • Direct Clutch Hub Assemble
          • Input Sun Gear Shaft Disassemble
          • Input Sun Gear Shaft Assemble
          • Forward and Coast Clutch Disassemble
            • Tools Required
          • Forward and Coast Clutch Assemble
          • Direct and Reverse Clutch Disassemble
          • Direct and Reverse Clutch Assemble
          • Direct and Reverse and Forward and Coast Clutch Installation
          • Transmission Fluid Pump Removal
          • Transmission Fluid Pump Disassemble
          • Torque Converter Seal Removal
            • Tools Required
          • Transmission Fluid Pump Assemble
            • Tools Required
          • Torque Converter Housing Installation
            • Tools Required
          • Torque Converter Seal Installation
          • Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly Disassemble
          • Control Valve Rear Body Inspection
          • Control Valve Rear Body Disassemble
          • Control Valve Rear Body Assemble
          • Control Valve Front Body Inspection
          • Control Valve Front Body Disassemble
          • Control Valve Front Body Assemble
          • Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly Assemble
          • Input Speed Sensor Installation
          • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Installation
          • Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly Installation
          • Wiring Harness Installation
          • Transmission Fluid Pan and Filter Assembly Installation
          • Extension Housing Installation (5L40-E/5L50-E 2WD)
            • Tools Required
          • Extension Housing Installation (5L40-E/5L50-E AWD)
            • Tools Required
          • Prop Flange Assemble
            • Tools Required
          • Holding Fixture Removal
          • Torque Converter Assembly Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Driver Shift Control
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
          • Notes
          • Shift Adapt Relearn Procedure
          • Coast Downshift Adapt Procedure
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM)
          • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly (602)
          • Automatic Transmission Output Speed (A/T OSS) Sensor (42)
          • Automatic Transmission Input Speed (A/T ISS) Sensor (44)
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor
          • Shift Solenoid Valves
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve (352)
          • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (357)
            • Notes
            • Duty Cycle, Frequency and Current Flow
              • Notes
              • Transmission Adapt Function
          • Floor Shift Control
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
        • Limp Home Mode Description
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Torque Converter - Released Position Only
            • Safety Mode:
            • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift
            • Park Engine Running - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
            • Low and Reverse Clutch Applies
            • Reverse Clutch Applies
            • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for TCC Apply
            • Reverse - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Neutral - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Reverse Clutch Releases
            • Low and Reverse Clutch Releases
            • Neutral Engine Running - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (Before First 1-2 Shift)
            • Notes
            • Forward Clutch Applies
            • Coast Clutch Applies
            • Low and Reverse Clutch Applies
            • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift to Second Gear
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear (Before First 1-2 Shift) - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (After First 1-2 Shift)
            • Notes
            • Forward Clutch Applies
            • Coast Clutch Applies
            • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift to Second Gear
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Second Clutch Applies
            • Shift Accumulator
            • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift to Third Gear
            • Torque Converter Clutch Released
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Intermediate Clutch Applies
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Torque Converter Clutch Released
            • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift to Fourth Gear
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear
            • Notes
            • Direct Clutch Applies
            • 3-4 Shift Accumulation
            • Coast Clutch Feed
            • Torque Converter Clutch Released
            • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift to Fifth Gear
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fifth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Released
            • Notes
            • Overdrive Clutch Applied
            • 4-5 Shift Accumulation
            • Coast Clutch Releases
            • Torque Converter Clutch Released
            • Overdrive Range, Fifth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Released - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fifth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied
            • Notes
            • Overdrive Range, Fifth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Fourth Gear
            • Notes
            • Overdrive Clutch Releases
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Coast Clutch Applies
            • Manual Fourth Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Overdrive Clutch Applies
            • Direct Clutch Releases
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Manual Third Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Second Coast Clutch Applied
            • Overdrive Clutch Releases
            • Intermediate Clutch Releases
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Manual Second Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second - First Gear
            • Notes
            • Low and Reverse Clutch Applied
            • Second Clutch and Second Coast Clutch Release
            • Shift Accumulation
            • Manual Second - First Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Transfer Case - BW 4479
    • Specifications
      • Approximate Fluid Capacities
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
    • Component Locator
      • Transfer Case Disassembled View
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Transfer Case
      • Symptoms - Transfer Case
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Transfer Case Popping Noise
      • Transfer Case Whine or Rumble Noise
      • Transfer Case Growl or Grinding Noise
      • Transfer Case Shudder or Binding
      • Transfer Case Clunk during Acceleration and Deceleration
      • Transfer Case Leak Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • Transfer Case Fluid Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Dampener/Tuned Absorber Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Input Shaft Seal Replacement
      • Transfer Case Disassemble
      • Cleaning and Inspection
        • Notes
        • Case
        • Cover
        • Differential Components
        • Drive Chain and Sprockets
        • Input Shaft
        • Front Output Shaft
        • Rear Output Shaft
      • Transfer Case Assemble
    • Description and Operation
      • Transfer Case Description and Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• External Pages